Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

used+only+as+the+subject+of+a+verb

  • 61 tenir

    tenir [t(ə)niʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 22
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque tenir fait partie d'une locution comme tenir compagnie, tenir chaud, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       b. ( = maintenir dans un certain état) to keep
       c. ( = gérer) [+ hôtel, magasin, comptes, maison, ménage] to keep
       d. ( = détenir) to have
    si je le tenais ! just let me get my hands on him!
    parfait, je tiens mon article great, now I have my article
    qu'est-ce qu'il tient ! (inf) ( = il est ivre) he's plastered (inf!) ; ( = il est idiot) he's such an idiot!
       e. ( = contrôler) [+ enfant, classe] to have under control
       f. ( = organiser) [+ séance, réunion, conférence] to hold
       g. ( = occuper) [+ place, largeur] to take up ; [+ rôle] to have ; [+ emploi] to hold
       h. ( = contenir) [récipient] to hold
    tenir le coup [personne] to survive ; [chose] to last
    avec tout ce travail, est-ce qu'il pourra tenir le coup ? with all that work will he be able to cope?
       j. ( = respecter) [+ promesse, pari, planning] to keep to
       k. (locutions)
    tenir qn/qch pour ( = considérer comme) to regard sb/sth as
    tiens, voilà mon frère ! oh, there's my brother!
    tiens, tiens ! well, well!
    2. <
       a. ( = rester en place) [objet fixe, nœud, clou] to hold ; [objets empilés, échafaudage] to stay up
       b. ( = durer) [accord, beau temps, coiffure] to hold ; [couleur] to be fast ; [mariage, fleurs] to last
    ça tient toujours, notre pique-nique ? (inf) is our picnic still on?
       c. ( = résister) to hold out
    il fait trop chaud, on ne tient plus ici it's too hot - we can't stand it here any longer
       d. ( = pouvoir être contenu) to fit ( dans into)
    à cette table, on peut tenir à huit this table can seat eight
    3. <
    tenir à ( = être attaché à) [+ réputation, opinion de qn] to care about ; [+ objet, personne] to be fond of ; ( = avoir pour cause) to be due to
    tu veux aller au cinéma ? -- je n'y tiens pas do you want to go to the cinema? -- not particularly
    il tient à ce que nous sachions... he is anxious that we should know...
    tu viens avec nous ? -- si tu y tiens are you coming with us? -- if you really want me to
    à quoi ça tient ? why is that?
    tenir de ( = ressembler à) [+ parent] to take after
    4. <
    ( = dépendre de) to depend
    qu'à cela ne tienne ! no problem!
    5. <
       b. ( = être dans une position) se tenir debout to be standing up
    redresse-toi, tu te tiens mal stand up straight, you're slouching
       c. ( = se conduire) to behave
    se tenir mal (à table) to have bad table manners ; (en société) to behave badly
    il n'a qu'à bien se tenir ! he'd better behave himself!
       d. ( = avoir lieu) [conférence, réunion] to be held ; [festival] to take place
       e. ( = être cohérent) [raisonnement] to hold together
       f. (locutions)
    tu sais combien elle a gagné ? tiens-toi bien: 3 millions ! do you know how much she won? you won't believe it! - 3 million! s'en tenir à ( = se limiter à) to confine o.s. to ; ( = se satisfaire de) to content o.s. with
    tenez-vous-le pour dit ! (avertissement) you've been warned!
    * * *
    təniʀ
    1.
    1) ( serrer) to hold

    tiens! — ( voici) here you are!; ( écoute-moi) look!

    tiens! c'est pour toi — ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!

    2) ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [somebody] under control
    3) Armée to hold
    4) ( avoir attrapé) to hold

    je te tiens!I've caught ou got you!

    pendant que je te tiensfig whilst I've got you

    tenir une grippe — (colloq) to have flu GB ou the flu US

    5) ( posséder) to have [renseignements]
    6) ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi]; to run [boutique, maison, journal]; to be in charge of [standard, bureau d'accueil]
    7) ( garder) to keep

    ‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ — ‘keep out of reach of children’

    tenir une noteMusique to hold a note

    9) ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]
    10) ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]
    11) ( résister)

    tenir la mer[navire] to be seaworthy

    tenir le coup — (physiquement, moralement) to hold out

    tenir le choc[matériel] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain

    12) ( contenir) to hold [quantité, litres]
    13) ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]

    tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour responsable — to hold somebody/something responsible


    2.
    tenir à verbe transitif indirect

    tenir à — to be fond of, to like

    tenir à sa réputation/à la vie — to value one's reputation/one's life

    2) ( vouloir)

    3.
    tenir de verbe transitif indirect

    il a de qui tenir — (colloq) you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from


    4.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( rester en place) [attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick (à to); [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in
    2) ( résister)

    tenir (bon) — ( surmonter les conditions) to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on; Armée to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on

    il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne — (colloq) there's no question of watching television

    3) ( durer)

    la couleur n'a pas tenu — the colour [BrE] has faded

    4) ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; [alibi] to stand up
    5) ( être contenu) [personnes, objets] to fit ( dans into)

    tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur — to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough ( dans for)


    5.
    se tenir verbe pronominal
    1) ( soi-même) to hold
    3) ( s'accrocher) to hold on

    tiens-toi or tenez-vous bien — (colloq) fig prepare yourself for a shock

    4) ( demeurer)

    se tenir accroupi/allongé — to be squatting/stretched out

    se tenir tranquille — ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself

    se tenir immobile — ( debout) to stand still

    5) ( se comporter) to behave

    se tenir bien/mal — to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture

    tiens-toi droit! — ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!

    7) ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held
    8) ( être liés) [événements] to fit together
    9) ( être cohérent) [raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together

    tenez-vous le pour dit! — (colloq) I don't want to have to tell you again!

    12) ( se limiter)

    6.
    verbe impersonnel

    7.
    tiens exclamation oh!

    tiens (donc), vous voilà! — oh, there you are!

    tiens, vous croyez? — do you think so?

    tiens donc!iron fancy that!

    tiens tiens (tiens)! — well, well!

    * * *
    t(ə)niʀ
    1. vt
    1) (avec sa main) to hold

    Tu peux tenir la lampe, s'il te plaît? — Can you hold the torch, please?

    Il tenait un enfant par la main. — He was holding a child by the hand.

    2) (= gérer) [magasin, hôtel] to run
    3) [promesse, engagement] to keep
    4) (= considérer)
    5) (= occuper)
    6) (= résister à)
    7) (= garder, maintenir)

    Tenez votre chien en laisse. — Keep your dog on the lead.

    8) (= avoir reçu)

    tenir qch de qn [histoire] — to have heard sth from sb, [qualité, défaut] to have inherited sth from sb, to have got sth from sb

    2. vi
    1) (= ne pas se défaire) [noeud, joint] to hold
    2) (= ne pas disparaître) [neige, gel] to last
    3) (= résister) (= survivre) to survive

    tiens, voilà le stylo! — there's the pen!

    Tiens, c'est Alain là-bas! — Look, that's Alain over there!

    6)

    tenir à [ami, objet] — to be attached to, to care for

    Il tient beaucoup à elle. — He's very attached to her., (= avoir pour cause) to be due to, to stem from, (= dépendre de)

    tenir à faire — to really want to do, to be determined to do

    Elle tient à y aller. — She's determined to go.

    7)

    tenir de (= relever de) — to partake of, (= ressembler à) to take after

    Il tient de son père. — He takes after his father.

    * * *
    tenir verb table: venir
    A vtr
    1 ( serrer) to hold [objet, personne, animal]; tiens-moi ça hold this (for me); tiens-moi hold me; tiens-moi la main hold my hand; tenir qn par la main/le bras to hold sb's hand/arm; tenir un enfant contre sa poitrine to hold a child to one's breast; tenir qch à la main/dans ses mains to hold sth in one's hand/in one's hands; tenir un couteau par le manche to hold a knife by the handle; tenir la rampe to hold onto the banister; tenir son chien to hold one's dog; tenir fermement qch to hold sth firmly ou tightly; tenir qch serré sous le bras to hold sth firmly ou tightly under one's arm; tiens!, tenez! ( voici) here you are!; ( écoutez-moi) look!; tiens! c'est pour toi ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!; si je le tenais! if I could get or lay my hands on him!; bien tenir to hold on to [portefeuille, chien]; faire tenir une lettre/un message à qn to dispatch a letter/a message to sb; ⇒ deux;
    2 ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [sb] under control [élèves, enfants]; tenir sa classe to control one's class well; tenir son cheval Équit to keep one's horse well in hand; il nous tient he's got a hold on us;
    3 Mil (occuper, contrôler) to hold [colline, pont, ville]; tenir la première place Sport to be in first place;
    4 ( avoir attrapé) to hold [animal, coupable, meurtrier]; je te tiens! I've caught ou got you!; pendant que je te tiens fig whilst I've got you; tenir une grippe to have flu GB ou the flu US;
    5 ( posséder) to have [preuves, renseignements]; il tient le sujet de son prochain roman he's got the subject of his next novel; tenir qch de qn to get sth from sb [trait physique, caractère, information]; il tient ses yeux bleus de son père he gets his blue eyes from his father; il tient ses informations d'un ami he got his information from a friend; je tiens cette nouvelle de Paul I got this news from Paul; d'où or de qui tenez-vous ce renseignement? where did you get that information?; d'où tenez-vous cette certitude? what makes you so certain?; elle tient ses bijoux de sa mère she inherited her jewels from her mother;
    6 ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi, poste, assemblée]; to run [café, boutique, maison, journal, municipalité]; to be in charge of, to be on duty on [standard, bureau d'accueil]; bien tenir sa maison to keep one's house spick and span; tenir la comptabilité to keep the books;
    7 ( garder) to keep; tenir qn occupé to keep sb busy; tenir sa chambre propre to keep one's room tidy; tenir les aliments au frais to keep food in a cool place; ‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ ‘keep out of reach of children’; tenir un accord secret to keep an agreement secret; tenir la porte fermée to keep the door closed; tenir une note Mus to hold a note; tenir un article to carry an item; tenir les cours Fin to maintain prices;
    8 ( conserver une position) tenir sa tête droite/immobile to hold one's head upright/still; tenir les bras écartés to hold one's arms apart; tenir les mains/les bras en l'air to hold up one's hands/one's arms; tenir les yeux ouverts/baissés to keep one's eyes open/lowered; tenir les poings serrés to keep one's fists clenched;
    9 ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]; tenir la porte fermée avec son pied to hold the door shut with one's foot;
    10 ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]; to keep [rythme] ; tenir sa droite/sa gauche to keep to the right/to the left; tenir le large to stay in open waters;
    11 ( résister) ne pas tenir la comparaison not to bear comparison; tenir l'eau to be waterproof; tenir la mer [navire] to be seaworthy; tenir le coup (physiquement, moralement) to hold out; tenir le choc lit [matériel, appareil, verre] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain;
    12 ( contenir) to hold [quantité]; tenir vingt litres to hold twenty litresGB; ma voiture ne tient que deux personnes there's room for only two people in my car;
    13 ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, place, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]; tenir peu de place not to take up much room; tenir la place de deux personnes to take up as much room as two people; le monument tient le centre de la place the monument stands in the centreGB of the square;
    14 ( considérer) tenir qch pour sacré to hold sth sacred; tenir qn pour responsable to hold sb responsible; je le tiens pour un lâche I consider him (to be) a coward; je tiens mes renseignements pour exacts I consider my information to be correct; tenir qn pour mort to give sb up for dead; tenir pour certain que to regard it as certain that.
    B tenir à vtr ind
    1 ( avoir de l'attachement pour) tenir à to be fond of, to like [personne, objet]; tenir à sa réputation/à la vie to value one's reputation/one's life; il tient à son argent he can't bear to be parted from his money; tenir à son indépendance to like one's independence; tenir au corps [aliment] to be nourishing;
    2 ( vouloir) j'y tiens I insist; si vous y tenez if you insist; tenir à faire to want to do; elle tient à vous parler she insists on speaking to you; je ne tiens pas à faire I'd rather not do; tenir à ce que qn fasse to insist that sb should do; je ne tiens pas à ce qu'elle fasse I'd rather she didn't do; je tiens beaucoup à la revoir I'd really like to see her again; il tient à rentrer avant la nuit he's anxious to get home before dark; nous tenons absolument à vous avoir à dîner bientôt you really must come to dinner soon; ne reste pas si tu n'y tiens pas don't stay if you don't want to;
    3 ( être dû à) tenir à to be due to; la mauvaise récolte tient au manque d'eau the poor harvest is due to a lack of water; tes erreurs tiennent à ton inexpérience your mistakes are due to your lack of experience.
    C tenir de vtr ind
    1 ( ressembler à) tenir de to take after; tenir de sa mère/son père to take after one's mother/one's father; il a de qui tenir you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from; de qui peut-elle tenir pour être si méchante? where does she get her nastiness from?;
    2 ( s'apparenter à) tenir de to border on; tenir du délire to border on madness.
    D vi
    1 ( rester en place) [clou, attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick; [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in; tenir au mur avec de la colle/des épingles ( adhérer) to stick to the wall with glue/pins; tenir sur une jambe/un pied to stand on one leg/one foot; ces chaussures ne me tiennent pas aux pieds these shoes won't stay on my feet;
    2 ( résister) tenir (bon) ( surmonter les conditions) [personne, matériel] to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on, to hold out; Mil to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on; tenir sans cigarettes jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to last ou go without cigarettes till the end of the meeting; tenir jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to hold out until the end of the meeting; tenir économiquement to hold ou last out in economic terms; j'espère que ma voiture va tenir (bon) I hope my car will last out; on a voulu me renvoyer mais j'ai tenu (bon) they wanted to fire me but I hung on; je ne peux plus (y) tenir I can't stand it any longer; il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne there's no question of watching television;
    3 ( durer) le plan tient-il toujours? is the plan still on?; leur mariage tient encore their marriage is still holding together; le soleil n'a pas tenu longtemps the sun didn't last long; la neige tient/ne tient pas the snow is settling/is not settling; les fleurs n'ont pas tenu the flowers didn't last long; la couleur n'a pas tenu the colourGB has faded; tenir au lavage [couleur] not to run in the wash GB ou laundry US;
    4 ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; ton alibi ne tient plus your alibi no longer stands up; ‘ça tient toujours pour demain?’ ‘is it still all right for tomorrow?’;
    5 ( être contenu) [personnes, véhicule, meubles, objets] to fit (dans into); mes vêtements tiendront dans une valise my clothes will fit into one suitcase; tenir à six dans une voiture to fit six into a car; faire tenir six personnes dans une voiture to fit six people into a car; mon article tient en trois pages my article takes up only three pages; tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough (dans for); tenir en hauteur dans une pièce to fit into a room (heightwise); ne pas tenir en hauteur/largeur/longeur to be too tall/wide/long (dans for); ne pas tenir en largeur dans un espace to be too wide for a space.
    E se tenir vpr
    1 ( soi-même) [personne] to hold [tête, ventre, bras]; se tenir la tête de douleur to hold one's head in pain; se tenir la tête à deux mains to hold one's head in one's hands;
    2 ( l'un l'autre) se tenir par le bras [personnes] to be arm in arm; ils se tenaient par la taille they had their arms around each other's waists; se tenir par la main [personnes] to hold hands;
    3 ( s'accrocher) to hold on; se tenir par les pieds to hold on with one's feet; se tenir à une branche/à la rampe to hold onto a branch/onto the banisters; se tenir d'une main à qch to hold onto sth with one hand; tiens-toi or tenez-vous bien fig prepare yourself for a shock;
    4 ( demeurer) se tenir accroupi/allongé/penché/courbé/à genoux to be squatting/stretched out/leaning/bent over/kneeling; se tenir au milieu/à la porte ( debout) to be standing in the middle/at the door; se tenir caché/sans bouger/au chaud to stay hidden/still/in the warm; se tenir prêt to be ready; se tenir tranquille ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself; se tenir immobile ( debout) to stand still;
    5 ( se comporter) to behave; se tenir bien/mal to behave well/badly; savoir se tenir to know how to behave; tiens-toi bien! behave yourself!;
    6 ( avoir une posture) se tenir droit or bien/mal to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture; tiens-toi droit! ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!;
    7 ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held; la réunion se tiendra au Caire the meeting will be held in Cairo;
    8 ( être liés) [événements] to fit together;
    9 ( être cohérent) [exposé, raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together; il n'y a rien à dire, tout se tient there's nothing to be said, it all holds together; ça se tient it makes sense;
    10 ( se considérer) se tenir pour to consider oneself to be; je me tiens pour satisfait des résultats I consider myself to be satisfied with the results; tenez-vous le pour dit! I don't want to have to tell you again!;
    11 ( être fidèle) s'en tenir à to stand by; je m'en tiendrai à ma promesse/notre accord/leur décision I will stand by my promise/our agreement/their decision;
    12 ( se limiter) s'en tenir à to keep to; s'en tenir au minimum/au sujet to keep to a minimum/to the point; s'en tenir aux ordres to stick to orders; s'en tenir là to leave it there; ne pas savoir à quoi s'en tenir avec qn/qch not to know what to make of sb/sth.
    F v impers il ne tient qu'à toi de partir it's up to you to decide whether to leave; qu'à cela ne tienne! never mind!
    G tiens excl oh!; tiens (donc), vous voilà! oh, there you are!; tiens, je parie que c'est ta mère! oh! I bet it's your mother; tiens, vous croyez? do you think so?; tiens, tu es invité aussi? oh! so you've been invited as well?; tiens, tu n'étais pas au courant? didn't you know?; tiens donc! iron fancy that!; tiens tiens (tiens)! well, well!
    en tenir pour qn to have a crush on sb.
    [tənir] verbe transitif
    A.[AVOIR DANS LES MAINS]
    1. [retenir] to hold (on to)
    2. [manier] to hold
    tu tiens mal ta raquette/ton arc you're not holding your racket/your bow properly
    B.[CONSERVER]
    1. [maintenir - dans une position] to hold, to keep ; [ - dans un état] to keep
    tiens-lui la porte, il est chargé hold the door open for him, he's got his hands full
    2. [garder - note] to hold
    ‘tenez votre droite’
    a. [sur la route] ‘keep (to the) right’
    b. [sur un Escalator] ‘keep to the right’
    3. (vieilli) [conserver - dans un lieu] to keep
    4. (Belgique) [collectionner] to collect
    C.[POSSÉDER]
    1. [avoir reçu]
    2. [avoir capturé] to have caught, to have got hold of
    [avoir à sa merci] to have got
    ah, ah, petit coquin, je te tiens! got you, you little devil!
    si je tenais celui qui a défoncé ma portière! just let me get ou lay my hands on whoever smashed in my car door!
    pendant que je vous tiens (au téléphone), pourrais-je vous demander un service? since I'm speaking to you (on the phone), may I ask you a favour?
    3. [détenir - indice, information, preuve] to have ; [ - contrat] to have, to have won ; [ - réponse, solution] to have (found) ou got
    nous tenons de source sûre/soviétique que... we have it on good authority/we hear from Soviet sources that...
    il en tient une bonne ce soir (familier) he's had a skinful (UK) ou he's three sheets to the wind tonight
    a. (familier) [il est stupide] what a twit (UK) ou blockhead!
    b. [il est ivre] he's really plastered!
    c. [il est enrhumé] he's got a stinking (UK) ou horrible cold!
    4. [transmettre]
    D.[CONTRÔLER, AVOIR LA RESPONSABILITÉ DE]
    1. [avoir prise sur, dominer] to hold
    quand la colère le tient, il peut être dangereux he can be dangerous when he's angry
    la jalousie le tenait jealousy had him in its grip, he was gripped by jealousy
    [avoir de l'autorité sur - classe, élève] to (keep under) control
    2. [diriger, s'occuper de - commerce, maison, hôtel] to run ; [ - comptabilité, registre] to keep
    tenir la caisse to be at the cash desk, to be the cashier
    elle tient la rubrique artistique à "Madame" she has a regular Arts column in "Madame"
    3. [donner - assemblée, conférence, séance] to hold, to have
    4. [prononcer - discours] to give ; [ - raisonnement] to have ; [ - langage] to use
    tenir des propos désobligeants/élogieux to make offensive/appreciative remarks
    5. [astreint à]
    E.[EXPRIME UNE MESURE]
    1. [occuper] to take up (separable), to occupy
    tenir une place importante to have ou to hold an important place
    2. [contenir] to hold
    F.[ÊTRE CONSTANT DANS]
    1. [résister à] (to be able) to take
    a. (familier) [assemblage, vêtements] to hold out
    b. [digue] to hold (out)
    le soir, je ne tiens pas le coup I can't take late nights
    tenir la route [véhicule] to have good road-holding (UK), to hold the road well
    tenir une promesse to keep ou to fulfil a promise
    [s'engager dans - pari]
    tenu!, je tiens! JEUX you're on!
    G.[CONSIDÉRER] (soutenu) to hold, to consider
    tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour to consider somebody/something to be, to look upon somebody/something as
    ————————
    [tənir] verbe intransitif
    1. [rester en position - attache] to hold ; [ - chignon] to stay up, to hold ; [ - bouton, trombone] to stay on ; [ - empilement, tas] to stay up
    mets du gel, tes cheveux tiendront mieux use gel, your hair'll hold its shape better
    faire tenir quelque chose avec de la colle/des clous to glue/to nail something into position
    a. [être fixé à] to be fixed on ou to
    b. [être contigu à] to be next to
    [personne]
    il ne tient pas encore bien sur sa bicyclette/ses skis/ses jambes he's not very steady on his bike/his skis/his legs yet
    2. [résister - union] to last, to hold out ; [ - chaise, vêtements] to hold ou to last out ; [ - digue] to hold out ; [ - personne] to hold ou to last out
    je ne tiens plus au soleil, je rentre I can't stand the sun any more, I'm going in
    tenir bon ou ferme
    a. [s'agripper] to hold firm ou tight
    b. [ne pas céder] to hold out
    tenez bon, les secours arrivent hold ou hang on, help's on its way
    il me refusait une augmentation, mais j'ai tenu bon he wouldn't give me a rise but I held out ou stood my ground
    ne pas y tenir, ne (pas) pouvoir y tenir: n'y tenant plus, je l'appelai au téléphone unable to stand it any longer, I phoned him
    ça sent si bon le chocolat, je ne vais pas pouvoir y tenir there's such a gorgeous smell of chocolate, I just won't be able to resist it
    3. [durer, ne pas s'altérer - fleurs] to keep, to last ; [ - tissu] to last (well) ; [ - beau temps] to last, to hold out ; [ - bronzage] to last ; [ - neige] to settle, to stay
    4. [être valable, être d'actualité - offre, pari, rendez-vous] to stand ; [ - promesse] to hold
    il n'y a pas de "mais ma tante" qui tienne, tu vas te coucher! there's no "but Auntie" about it, off to bed with you!
    5. [pouvoir être logé] to fit
    tenir en hauteur/largeur (dans) to fit vertically/widthwise (in)
    b. [ne considérer que] to stick to something
    tiens, tenez [en donnant quelque chose] here
    tiens, tenez [pour attirer l'attention, pour insister]: tiens, le tonnerre gronde listen, it's thundering
    tiens, rends-toi utile here, make yourself useful
    tenez, je ne vous ferai même pas payer l'électricité look, I won't even charge you for the electricity
    s'il est intéressé par le salaire? tiens, bien sûr que oui! is he interested in the salary? you bet he is!
    tiens, tenez [exprime la surprise, l'incrédulité]: tiens, Bruno! que fais-tu ici? (hello) Bruno, what are you doing here?
    tiens, je n'aurais jamais cru ça de lui well, well, I'd never have expected it of him
    elle a refusé? tiens donc! (familier & ironique) she said no? you amaze me! ou surprise, surprise!
    ————————
    tenir à verbe plus préposition
    1. [être attaché à - personne] to care for, to be very fond of ; [ - objet] to be attached to ; [ - réputation] to care about ; [ - indépendance, liberté] to value
    si tu tiens à la vie... if you value your life...
    2. [vouloir]
    tenir à faire quelque chose to be eager to do ou to be keen on doing something
    venez dîner, j'y tiens absolument! come and have dinner, I insist!
    3. [résulter de] to stem ou to result from, to be due to, to be caused by
    à quoi ça tient? (familier) what's the reason for it?, what's it due to?
    qu'à cela ne tienne never mind, fear not (humoristique)
    4. (tournure impersonnelle) [être du ressort de]
    ————————
    tenir de verbe plus préposition
    1. [ressembler à] to take after
    elle est vraiment têtue/douée — elle a de qui tenir! she's so stubborn/gifted — it runs in the family!
    2. [relever de]
    ————————
    se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)
    se tenir par le cou/la taille to have one's arms round each other's shoulders/waists
    ————————
    se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    [se dérouler - conférence] to be held, to take place ; [ - festival, foire] to take place
    ————————
    se tenir verbe pronominal transitif
    se tenir la tête à deux mains to hold ou to clutch one's head in one's hands
    ————————
    se tenir verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [se retenir] to hold on (tight)
    b. [fortement] to cling to, to clutch, to grip
    2. [se trouver - en position debout] to stand, to be standing ; [ - en position assise] to sit, to be sitting ou seated
    se tenir aux aguets to be on the lookout, to watch out
    3. [se conduire] to behave
    4. [être cohérent]
    a. [argumentation, intrigue] to hold together, to stand up
    b. [raisonnement] to hold water, to hold together
    [coïncider - indices, événements] to hang together, to be linked
    d'abord ingénieur puis directrice d'usine, elle ne s'en est pas tenue là she started out as an engineer, then became a factory manager, but she didn't stop there
    tiens-toi bien, tenez-vous bien: ils ont détourné, tiens-toi bien, deux millions d'euros! they embezzled, wait for it, 2 million euros!
    elle a battu le record, tenez-vous bien, de plus de deux secondes! she broke the previous record and by over two seconds, would you believe!
    ————————
    se tenir pour verbe pronominal plus préposition
    1. [se considérer comme]
    je ne me tiens pas encore pour battu I don't reckon I'm ou I don't consider myself defeated yet
    je ne me tiens pas pour un génie I don't regard myself as ou think of myself as ou consider myself a genius
    je ne supporterai pas tes insolences, tiens-le-toi pour dit! I'll say this only once, I won't put up with your rudeness!

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tenir

  • 62 على

    عَلَى \ against: touching (usually sth. upright): The rain beat against the window. He pressed his nose against the glass. on: showing where sb. or sth. is placed: He lay on his back on the bed. The picture hung on a nail on the wall. Your name is on the list. He hit me on the nose. The boat is on the river (in the water). The house is on the river (beside the water), as in the previous meaning, but with movement (often with to) He jumped on (to) his horse. The book fell on (to) the floor. onto: on to: He sprang onto the table. over: lying across; resting on; covering: A cloud was over the sun. She spread a cloth over the table, across the surface of Ships sail over the sea, above (in rank, etc.) He rules over a proud people, about; concerning They quarrelled over the resutl of the race. You need not hurry over your dinner. upon: on. \ عَلَى \ on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea; on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. \ See Also نَحْوَ البَرّ، اليابسة (اليَابِسَة)‏ \ عَلَى \ ashore: on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea. \ See Also نَحْوَ الشّاطِئ \ عَلَى اتِّصَال (عكس مُنْقَطع عن)‏ \ in touch: (the opposite is out of touch) giving or receiving news: I’ve been in touch with my brother by telephone. The radio keeps us in touch with world events. \ عَلَى أتَمّ ما يكُون من التَّرتيب والهِنْدام \ spick and span: (as a predic. phrase) neat, clean and bright: Sailors usually keep their boats spick and span. \ عَلَى الأَثير \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى أَحْسَن وَجْه \ best, well, better: in the best way: Peter played best last week. \ عَلَى أرْبَع \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle. \ عَلَى الأرض \ over: from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. She bent over to pick it up. \ عَلَى استعداد \ content: willing: I’m content to wait for my turn. \ عَلَى أشُدِّه \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى الإطلاق \ little: (coming just before the verb) not at all: I little knew (or Little did I know) that next day he would be dead. not in the least: not at all: It doesn’t matter in the least. whatever: at all: I have no money whatever. whatsoever: a strong form of whatever; at all: Tell him nothing whatsoever!. \ عَلَى الأَغْلَب \ for the most part: mostly: He is old and for the most part he stays at home. \ عَلَى أَقْصَى ما تستطيع رؤيتَه \ in the distance: far away (from the point where one is): In the distance he could see the mountains. \ عَلَى الأَقَلّ \ a good: (with numbers) at least: He lives a good 3 miles away. at least: (showing that sth. is true, necessary, etc., even if sth. else is not) in spite of what has just been said or is just going to be said: He may be lazy but at least he’s honest. You can at least be polite even if you don’t like him, not less than It cost at least $100. quite: at least; not less than: The journey took quite three hours. \ عَلَى الأَكثَر \ largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ عَلَى انفِراد \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private. \ عَلَى أُهْبَة الاستعداد \ stand by: to be ready, in case one may be needed: The soldiers were told to stand by. \ عَلَى أَيّ حال \ anyhow: in any case: I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. anyway: in any case: I may be late; anyway, don’t wait for me, in any case I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. at all events, in any event: in any case; whatever may happen or has happened: He didn’t win but, at all events, he did try hard. at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. in any case: no matter what else may be considered, anyhow: It costs too much. In any case, I don’t really need it. \ عَلَى أيَّة حال \ all the same, at the same time: (only at the start of a sentence; comparing points that are for and against) in spite of this: He’s not clever; all the same, he does try hard. however: all the same; in spite of what has just been said: I’m very tired; however, I’ll come and help you. \ عَلَى بُعد \ away: at a distance: Brighton is 60 miles away. Keep away from the wet paint. beyond: further; on or to the farther side: I looked across the river to the hills beyond. \ عَلَى التَّخْصِيص \ in particular: especially: I enjoyed his first song in particular. \ عَلَى التَّوَالي \ respectively: separately, in that order: Boys and girls will be examined on Monday and Tuesday respectively (the boys on Monday, the girls on Tuesday). \ عَلَى جَانِب \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ عَلَى الجميع \ round: to everyone: He handed the coffee round. There were not enough cups to go round. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ \ as far as, so far as: (showing a limit): As far as I know, he’s not here. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ سَواء \ alike: in the same way: He treats us all alike. \ عَلَى حَدِّ عِلْمي \ to the best knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ عَلَى حِدَة \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private?. separate: not joined or shared; apart: Keep the new milk separate from the old. \ عَلَى حَقّ (مُحِقّ)‏ \ be in the right: not be at fault: Although they said she’d made a mistake, they discovered she was in the right. \ عَلَى حِين غِرَّة \ all of a sudden: in a sudden manner. suddenly: in a sudden manner: The door opened suddenly. \ عَلَى خَطَأ \ in the wrong: mistaken (in one’s judgement, behaviour etc.). \ عَلَى الدَّوام \ always: at all times. \ عَلَى رؤوس الأصابِع \ on tiptoe: on the tips of one’s toes: I can reach that if I stand on tiptoe. \ عَلَى الرّاجح \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِن \ despite: in spite of: Despite his age, the old man walks several miles every day. for all: in spite of: For all his strength, he could not lift it. much as: although: Much as I admire him, I could not work with him. spite, in spite of: (of sth. that fails) even with: In spite of his efforts, he could not save her life, without regard to; not caring about (a difficulty) In spite of his illness, he attended the ceremony. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِنْ أَنَّ \ although: in spite of the fact that; (without a verb) in spite of being: Although (he was) ill, he went to work. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم من ذلك \ even so: in spite of that: He may be foolish; even so, you should help him. just the same: (showing one thing that is not the natural result of another) in spite of this: He’s a thief, but I like him just the same. nevertheless: in spite of that: I told him it would be dangerous, but nevertheless he did it. still: in spite of that: We rarely win; but still, we enjoy playing. \ عَلَى سَبيل المِثال \ for instance: as an example: He’s often late. Yesterday, for instance, he came home after midnight. \ عَلَى السَّطح كلِّه \ over: (esp. with all) across a surface: The table was wet all over. He rubbed it over with a dry cloth. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. I soon drew level with the leading runner. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ flush: exactly on a level with; not sticking out from; meeting exactly at the edges: The door is flush with the wall when it is closed. \ See Also مستوى (مُسْتَوًى)‏ \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة واحدة \ even: equal: The table legs were not of even length. He shared the money evenly among them. \ عَلَى شاكِلَة \ like: the same as: What is he like (in appearance and character)? He’s just like his father., What does it feel (or look or taste or smell or sound) like?. in the same way as:: He swims like a fish. \ عَلَى شَرْط \ provide (that), also providing (that): if; on condition that: I’ll go, provided (that) you’ll go too. \ عَلَى شَفَا \ on the brink of: close to (sth. dangerous or exciting): on the brink of war. on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ See Also شفير (الموت أو الإفلاس، إلخ)، عَلى وَشْك \ عَلَى صَهْوَةِ الجَوَاد \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ضِغْن \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ See Also على غير رَغْبَة \ عَلَى طُولِ \ along: following the line of: He ran along the road. down: along (without regard to level): We raced down the street. My friend lives just down the road. \ عَلَى ظَهْر \ on deck: on an uncovered deck, in the open air. \ See Also سَطْح السفينة \ عَلَى ظَهْر الحِصان \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ظَهْر السَّفينة \ on board: on (or on to) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ عَلَى ظَهْر الصَّفْحَة \ overleaf: on the back of the page: Please fill in this paper, and sign your name overleaf. \ عَلَى عَرْض \ across: over; from one side to the other of: He ran across the street. There is a bridge across the stream. \ عَلَى العَكْس \ on the contrary: (expressing disagreement) the opposite is true: It’s not worn out - on the contrary, it’s quite new. \ عَلَى عِلْم بِـ \ familiar with: knowing; accustomed to: I’m not familiar with English law. \ عَلَى عُلُوّ \ high: (in compounds) to the height of: The grass was waist-high. \ عَلَى الغالِب \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ عَلَى غَيْر انتظار \ surprisingly: unexpectedly: a surprisingly good result. \ عَلَى غَيْر رَغْبَة \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ عَلَى غَيْر هُدًى \ adrift: (of boats) loose; floating about with no control: Our ship was wrecked and we were left adrift in a small boat on the ocean. \ عَلَى فَتَرات مُنْتَظِمة \ periodically: from time to time. \ عَلَى فَرض أنّ \ (conj.) supposing: if: Supposing he’s late, shall we wait for him? Even supposing the lorry comes, it will still be too late. \ عَلَى الفِطْرة \ na]ve: too simple to be sensible; lacking wisdom and experience: a na]ve question; a na]ve young girl. \ عَلَى فِكْرَة \ by the way: used to show that the speaker is about to change the subject: Thank you for your help. By the way, would you like to come to our party next week?. \ عَلَى الفَوْر \ directly: at once: He arrived directly after me. instantly: at once. off-hand: without thought or preparation: I can’t say off-hand what it cost, but it was over $1000. \ عَلَى قافية واحدة \ rhyme: (of word endings) to have the same sound: ‘Consideration’ rhymes with ‘nation’, ‘Port’ rhymes with ‘thought’. ‘Pleasure’ rhymes with ‘measure’ but not with ‘pressure’. \ عَلَى قَدْر \ according to: in the proper way for; depending on: Each man was paid according to his skill. \ عَلَى قَدَم وَسَاق \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى قَيْد الحَيَاة \ alive: living: He was buried alive when part of a cliff fell on him. \ عَلَى كُلّ حال \ at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. \ عَلَى مَا يَبْدُو \ apparently: it seems (from what people say): I thought she was 15, but apparently is older. \ عَلَى ما يَصِل إليه عِلْمي \ to the best of my knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, my son has never met her. \ See Also على مَبْلَغ علمي \ عَلَى المَدَى الطَّويل \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ عَلَى مسؤوليَّته الشخصيّة \ at one’s own risk: agreeing that any troube will be one’s own fault: The bridge is unsafe but you can cross it at your own risk. \ عَلَى مسافة قريبة مِن \ off: a short distance from: an island off the English coast. \ عَلَى مُسْتَوًى \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. \ عَلَى مِصْرَاعَيْه (فَتَحَ الباب)‏ \ wide: (with open) fully: open the door wide. Leave it wide open. \ عَلَى نَحْو مماثِل \ similarly: in the same way: They were similarly dressed. \ عَلَى نَسَق \ on the lines of: in the general form of: We’re planning some sports on the lines of the Olympic Games, but for schoolboys only. \ عَلَى نَفْس الوَتيرة \ even: (of movement) regular; steady: Her heart was not beating evenly. \ عَلَى نَوبات \ fits and starts: in short bursts; starting and stopping: The engine only goes in fits and starts. \ See Also فترات \ عَلَى هذا المُعَدَّل \ at that rate: if those conditions continue: He keeps stopping for a rest; at that rate, he won’t finish the job today. \ عَلَى هذا النَّحْو \ so: in this way; in that way: Don’t shout so!. thus: in this way. \ عَلَى الهَوَاء \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى وَتِيرَة واحدة \ monotonous: (of a voice, a job, a way of life, etc.) dull, never changing and therefore uninteresting. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ \ unusually: (with an adj.) very; strangely: It is unusually cold in here today. \ See Also بشكل غير عاديّ \ عَلَى وَجْهِ التَّقْريب \ roughly: (with numbers and amounts) not exactly; about: roughly 50 trees; roughly a mile away. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ الخُصُوص \ particularly: especially: a particularly nasty smell. \ عَلَى الوَجهِ الصحيح \ duly: properly; as expected: The bill was duly paid. The train duly arrived. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ العُمُوم \ in general: in most cases: Men in general are taller than women. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ ما \ somehow: in some way or other, by some means or other: I’ll pay for it somehow, even if I have to ask someone to lend me the money. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ مُسْتَهْجَن \ oddly: strangely: She behaved very oddly last night. \ عَلَى مِقْدار عِلْمي \ for all I know: as far as I know: For all I know, you may have stolen this. \ عَلَى مَقْرُبةٍ \ near: close to, in position: His house is near my own. \ عَلَى مَقرُبة مِن \ about: around; near There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ عَلَى مَهْل \ leisurely: without haste: He likes a leisurely walk in the evening. \ عَلَى نَحْو أسوأ \ worse: more bad; more badly: Murder is worse than stealing. It is a worse crime. You write even worse than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ أَفْضَل \ better, well, best: in a better way: He drives better than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْو تامّ \ strictly: exactly: Strictly speaking (If I tell you the exact truth) this ticket is out of date; but I’ll let you travel with it. \ See Also كامل (كامِل)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْو خَطير \ badly: seriously: He was badly wounded. \ عَلَى نَحْو رَخْو \ loosely: in a loose way: a loosely tied knot. \ See Also غير مُحْكَم \ عَلَى نَحْو رَدِيء \ badly: in a bad manner: badly dressed; badly made. \ عَلَى نَحْو صارم \ strictly: very firmly: Smoking in this cinema is strictly forbidden. \ See Also دَقيق \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ right: correctly: You guessed right. \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ rightly: justly; correctly: You acted rightly. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائم)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ كَامِل \ absolutely: without conditions: You must agree absolutely and not to try to change matters later. \ عَلَى نَحو مألوف \ ordinarily: usually. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُرْضٍ \ well: (the adv. form of the adj. good; see better, best) in a good and pleasing way: Well done! You played very well. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُلحّ \ badly: (with need, want) very much: They need money badly. \ عَلَى وَشْك \ on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. \ عَلَى وَشْك أَنْ \ be about to do sth.: to be ready to do it; be just going to do it: I was about to go when he arrived. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ عَلَى يَد (مِن قِبَل)‏ \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ عَلَى اليدين والرِّجلين \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle.

    Arabic-English dictionary > على

  • 63 completo

    adj.
    1 complete, entire, integral, uncut.
    2 complete, total, exhaustive, out-and-out.
    3 complete, full-length, all-inclusive, all-round.
    4 complete, concluded, done, finished.
    5 square, hearty.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: completar.
    * * *
    1 (terminado) finished, completed
    2 (lleno) full
    \
    al completo full up, filled to capacity
    por completo completely
    * * *
    (f. - completa)
    adj.
    2) full
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=entero) [dieta] balanced; [colección] complete; [texto, informe] full, complete; [felicidad] complete, total; [panorama] full
    jornada 1), obra 2), b), pensión 3)
    2) (=lleno) full; [hotel] full, fully booked

    completo[en pensión, hostal] no vacancies; [en taquilla] sold out

    al completo: el tren está al completo — the train is full

    3) (=total) [éxito, fracaso] complete, total

    por completo[desaparecer, desconocer] completely

    su partido apoyaba por completo la iniciativa — his party fully supported the initiative, his party gave its full support to the initiative

    4) (=terminado)
    5) (=bien hecho)

    este libro es pequeño, pero bastante completo — this book is small, but quite comprehensive

    6) (=polifacético) [actor, deportista] all-round
    2.
    SM Chile hot dog ( with salad)
    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( entero) complete
    b) (total, absoluto) complete, total
    c) ( exhaustivo) < explicación> detailed; <obra/diccionario> comprehensive; <tesis/ensayo> thorough
    d) <deportista/actor> complete, very versatile
    2) ( lleno) full

    completo — ( en hostal) no vacancies; ( en taquilla) sold out

    II
    masculino (Chi) hot dog (with all the trimmings)
    * * *
    = complete, comprehensive, entire, exhaustive, full [fuller -comp., fullest -sup.], full-blown, full-bodied, full-featured, full-fledged, full-length, full-scale, full-service, thorough, total, well-rounded, end to end, supine, enriched, all-round, whole, utter, all-inclusive, fully formed, fully featured, the works!, unmitigaged, fully blown.
    Ex. The main entry is the complete catalogue record of the document.
    Ex. One of the factors to consider in the selection of a data base is whether the data base is comprehensive or not.
    Ex. Plainly such representative sections may not be present in many documents, but sometimes an extract from the results, conclusions or recommendations of a document may serve to identify the key issues covered by the entire document.
    Ex. The enumeration of isolates should be exhaustive or complete for the subject area.
    Ex. Since recall goes up as precision goes down, it is clearly not possible to achieve in general a system which gives full recall at the same time as full precision.
    Ex. Reference transactions can range from the ready-reference, or short-answer question, to the full-blown research inquiry to establish methodology.
    Ex. By adulthood the child's literary consciousness has grown into a full-bodied appreciation of the work of the great imaginative writers.
    Ex. The EPIC service is a full-featured on-line reference system that provides subject access, and keyword and Boolean searching to a variety of databases.
    Ex. Once the functional and informal network seeks to widen its influence, it becomes a full-fledged institution.
    Ex. Plays and music performances put on by staff and children require less arduous preparation than a full-length public performance.
    Ex. Obviously, staff will have to be instructed in the use of the new system, be it word processing or a full-scale circulation system.
    Ex. In other words, they want us to start from scratch and come up with a plan for a full-service center, which might then be used as a model for the other regional centers.
    Ex. Timely and thorough planning is essential.
    Ex. This situation requires a very skilled information worker if total disaster is to be avoided.
    Ex. This has produced the matriarchal system in society on the one hand, and well-rounded libraries organized under the slogan 'Libraries are for wallowing in' on the other.
    Ex. Next morning the heap, now damp right through, was set up on one end of the horse (later called the bank), a bench long enough to take two piles of paper end to end, and about as high as the coffin of the press.
    Ex. 'I was saying that we shouldn't have a supine acceptance for temporary limitations'.
    Ex. Union Catalogues may also decide that they need more enriched records because of specific needs.
    Ex. The finest and most influential of these French italics were the work of Robert Granjon, an artist of the stature of his countryman and near-contemporary Garamont and one of the greatest all-round type designers of any period.
    Ex. One of them will take instructions and data from a whole roomful of girls armed with simple keyboard punches.
    Ex. There is little to be said for this grudging acceptance or utter rejection of pseudonyms.
    Ex. It is not an all-inclusive listing of materials on this topic.
    Ex. The film's supple structure, surprisingly light touch, and bravura performances make it perhaps the most fully formed, half-hearted goof ever.
    Ex. The technology has matured sufficiently that it's now cheap and relatively easy to set up a fully featured repository in quite a short time.
    Ex. Whole cities laid to waste, heroes falling in battle, death of gods, the works!.
    Ex. Only Bush could take a horrible situation and create an unmitigated disaster.
    Ex. This time it's a hairline fracture rather than a fully blown break of a metatarsal, however the result is the same.
    ----
    * alojamiento en régimen de pensión completa = full-board accommodation.
    * a tiempo completo = full-time.
    * base de datos completa = full-provision database.
    * base de datos de texto completo = full text database.
    * catalogación completa = full cataloguing.
    * catálogo de obras completas = back catalogue.
    * curso a tiempo completo = full-time course.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de página completa = full-page.
    * de pantalla completa = full-screen.
    * detenerse por completo = come to + a standstill, be at a standstill.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * edición completa = full edition.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * estar al completo = overbook.
    * fuego + destruir por completo = fire + gut.
    * información de texto completo = full-text information.
    * letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.
    * nombre completo = full name.
    * obras completas = collected works.
    * pagar por completo = pay off.
    * pantalla de información completa = full information display, full information screen.
    * pararse por completo = come to + a standstill, be at a standstill.
    * pensión completa = food and board, bed and board, full board, full-board accommodation.
    * por completo = fully.
    * ser completo = be all inclusive.
    * texto completo = full text.
    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( entero) complete
    b) (total, absoluto) complete, total
    c) ( exhaustivo) < explicación> detailed; <obra/diccionario> comprehensive; <tesis/ensayo> thorough
    d) <deportista/actor> complete, very versatile
    2) ( lleno) full

    completo — ( en hostal) no vacancies; ( en taquilla) sold out

    II
    masculino (Chi) hot dog (with all the trimmings)
    * * *
    = complete, comprehensive, entire, exhaustive, full [fuller -comp., fullest -sup.], full-blown, full-bodied, full-featured, full-fledged, full-length, full-scale, full-service, thorough, total, well-rounded, end to end, supine, enriched, all-round, whole, utter, all-inclusive, fully formed, fully featured, the works!, unmitigaged, fully blown.

    Ex: The main entry is the complete catalogue record of the document.

    Ex: One of the factors to consider in the selection of a data base is whether the data base is comprehensive or not.
    Ex: Plainly such representative sections may not be present in many documents, but sometimes an extract from the results, conclusions or recommendations of a document may serve to identify the key issues covered by the entire document.
    Ex: The enumeration of isolates should be exhaustive or complete for the subject area.
    Ex: Since recall goes up as precision goes down, it is clearly not possible to achieve in general a system which gives full recall at the same time as full precision.
    Ex: Reference transactions can range from the ready-reference, or short-answer question, to the full-blown research inquiry to establish methodology.
    Ex: By adulthood the child's literary consciousness has grown into a full-bodied appreciation of the work of the great imaginative writers.
    Ex: The EPIC service is a full-featured on-line reference system that provides subject access, and keyword and Boolean searching to a variety of databases.
    Ex: Once the functional and informal network seeks to widen its influence, it becomes a full-fledged institution.
    Ex: Plays and music performances put on by staff and children require less arduous preparation than a full-length public performance.
    Ex: Obviously, staff will have to be instructed in the use of the new system, be it word processing or a full-scale circulation system.
    Ex: In other words, they want us to start from scratch and come up with a plan for a full-service center, which might then be used as a model for the other regional centers.
    Ex: Timely and thorough planning is essential.
    Ex: This situation requires a very skilled information worker if total disaster is to be avoided.
    Ex: This has produced the matriarchal system in society on the one hand, and well-rounded libraries organized under the slogan 'Libraries are for wallowing in' on the other.
    Ex: Next morning the heap, now damp right through, was set up on one end of the horse (later called the bank), a bench long enough to take two piles of paper end to end, and about as high as the coffin of the press.
    Ex: 'I was saying that we shouldn't have a supine acceptance for temporary limitations'.
    Ex: Union Catalogues may also decide that they need more enriched records because of specific needs.
    Ex: The finest and most influential of these French italics were the work of Robert Granjon, an artist of the stature of his countryman and near-contemporary Garamont and one of the greatest all-round type designers of any period.
    Ex: One of them will take instructions and data from a whole roomful of girls armed with simple keyboard punches.
    Ex: There is little to be said for this grudging acceptance or utter rejection of pseudonyms.
    Ex: It is not an all-inclusive listing of materials on this topic.
    Ex: The film's supple structure, surprisingly light touch, and bravura performances make it perhaps the most fully formed, half-hearted goof ever.
    Ex: The technology has matured sufficiently that it's now cheap and relatively easy to set up a fully featured repository in quite a short time.
    Ex: Whole cities laid to waste, heroes falling in battle, death of gods, the works!.
    Ex: Only Bush could take a horrible situation and create an unmitigated disaster.
    Ex: This time it's a hairline fracture rather than a fully blown break of a metatarsal, however the result is the same.
    * alojamiento en régimen de pensión completa = full-board accommodation.
    * a tiempo completo = full-time.
    * base de datos completa = full-provision database.
    * base de datos de texto completo = full text database.
    * catalogación completa = full cataloguing.
    * catálogo de obras completas = back catalogue.
    * curso a tiempo completo = full-time course.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de página completa = full-page.
    * de pantalla completa = full-screen.
    * detenerse por completo = come to + a standstill, be at a standstill.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * edición completa = full edition.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * estar al completo = overbook.
    * fuego + destruir por completo = fire + gut.
    * información de texto completo = full-text information.
    * letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.
    * nombre completo = full name.
    * obras completas = collected works.
    * pagar por completo = pay off.
    * pantalla de información completa = full information display, full information screen.
    * pararse por completo = come to + a standstill, be at a standstill.
    * pensión completa = food and board, bed and board, full board, full-board accommodation.
    * por completo = fully.
    * ser completo = be all inclusive.
    * texto completo = full text.

    * * *
    completo1 -ta
    A
    esta baraja no está completa this deck isn't complete, there's a card/there are some cards missing from this deck
    las obras completas de Neruda the complete works of Neruda
    la serie completa the whole series
    la gama más completa the fullest o most complete range
    2 (total, absoluto) complete, total
    no hay felicidad completa there's no such thing as complete happiness
    por completo completely
    lo olvidé por completo I completely forgot about it, I forgot all about it
    3
    (exhaustivo): una explicación muy completa a very full o detailed explanation
    uno de los diccionarios más completos one of the most comprehensive dictionaries
    un trabajo muy completo a very thorough piece of work
    4 ‹deportista/actor› complete, very versatile
    B (lleno) full
    el tren iba completo the train was full
    el hotel está completo the hotel is full o fully booked
    [ S ] completo (en un hostal) no vacancies; (en una taquilla) sold out
    ( Chi)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo completar: ( conjugate completar)

    completo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    completó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    completar    
    completo
    completar ( conjugate completar) verbo transitivo

    b) (AmL) ‹cuestionario/impreso to complete, fill out o in

    completo
    ◊ -ta adjetivo

    1


    b) (total, absoluto) complete, total;



    obra/diccionario comprehensive;
    tesis/ensayo thorough
    d)deportista/actor complete, very versatile

    2 ( lleno) ‹vagón/hotel full;
    ( on signs) completo ( en hostal) no vacancies;
    ( en taquilla) sold out
    completar verbo transitivo to complete
    completo,-a adjetivo
    1 (entero, total) complete
    2 (lleno) full
    3 (versátil) versatile, complete
    4 (exhaustivo) comprehensive
    ♦ Locuciones: al completo, full up o to capacity
    por completo, completely
    ' completo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absoluta
    - absoluto
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - calcinar
    - completa
    - entera
    - entero
    - íntegra
    - íntegro
    - parcial
    - plena
    - pleno
    - radical
    - tiempo
    - toda
    - todo
    - alimento
    - integral
    - trabajar
    - trabajo
    English:
    book up
    - clam up
    - clean
    - collected
    - complete
    - completely
    - dedication
    - entirely
    - envelop
    - forge
    - full
    - full-time
    - groundwork
    - outright
    - slip
    - stranglehold
    - strength
    - utter
    - all
    - book
    - capacity
    - comprehensive
    - reversal
    - strict
    - uncut
    * * *
    completo, -a
    adj
    1. [entero] complete;
    nombre completo full name;
    las obras completas de un autor the complete works of an author;
    vino toda la familia al completo the entire family came
    2. [lleno] full;
    [en cartel] [hotel] no vacancies; [aparcamiento] full; [en taquilla] sold out
    el vagón está o [m5] va completo the Br carriage o US car is full;
    todos los hoteles de la ciudad están al completo all the hotels in town are full
    3. [perfecto] complete;
    un deportista muy completo an all-round athlete o Br sportsman;
    un espectáculo muy completo a very well-rounded production
    4. [rotundo] complete;
    un completo silencio complete o total silence;
    fue un completo éxito/fracaso it was a complete success/a complete o total failure;
    es un completo caballero he's an absolute o the complete gentleman;
    es un completo mentiroso he's a complete liar
    5. CSur [café, té, chocolate] = served with toast, butter, cakes and pastries
    nm
    Chile = hot dog with all the trimmings
    por completo loc adv
    completely;
    han desaparecido por completo they have completely disappeared;
    se dedica por completo a la música she devotes herself full-time to music
    * * *
    adj complete; autobús, teatro full;
    por completo completely;
    al completo whole, entire
    * * *
    completo, -ta adj
    1) : complete
    2) : perfect, absolute
    3) : full, detailed
    * * *
    1. (entero) complete
    2. (lleno) full

    Spanish-English dictionary > completo

  • 64 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    proper name of an entity, name
    gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 65 χράω

    χράω (A), used in [dialect] Ep. only in [tense] aor. 2,
    A fall upon, attack, assail, c. dat. pers.,

    στυγερὸς δέ οἱ ἔχραε δαίμων Od.5.396

    ;

    τίς τοι κακὸς ἔχραε δαίμων; 10.64

    ; so

    ἠϊθέοις οὐκ ἔστι τόσος πόνος, ὁππόσος ἡμῖν.. ἔχραε AP5.296

    (Agath.): cf. ἐπιχράω (B).
    II c. acc. rei, inflict upon a person,

    κακὸν δέ οἱ ἔχραε κοῖτον Nic.Th. 315

    .
    III c. inf., conceive a desire to.., τίπτε σὸς υἱὸς ἐμὸν ῥόον ἔχραε κήδειν ἐξ ἄλλων; why did he want (or needed he) to vex my stream of all others? Il.21.369; μνηστῆρες.., οἳ τόδε δῶμα ἐχράετ' ἐσθιέμεν καὶ πινέμεν ye suitors.., who have become so eager to.., Od.21.69. (For signfs. 1, 11, cf. ζαχρηής; for 111 perh. cf. χρή, κέχρημαι ( χράω (B) C), χρῇ, χρῇς.)
    ------------------------------------
    χράω (B). A. FORMS: [var] contr.
    A

    χρῇ S.El.35

    , [dialect] Ion.

    χρᾷ Hdt.1.62

    (also Luc.DMort.3.2); inf.

    χρᾶν Hdt.8.135

    (also Luc.Alex.19); [dialect] Ion. part.

    χρέων h.Ap. 253

    , fem.

    χρέωσα Hdt.7.111

    ; [dialect] Ep.

    χρείων Od.8.79

    , h.Ap. 396: [tense] impf.

    ἔχραον Pi.O.7.92

    (v.l. ἔχρεον), A.R.2.454; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἔχρη Tyrt.3.3

    , Hermesian.7.89, ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.OC87: [tense] fut.

    χρήσω h.Ap. 132

    , Hdt.1.19, A.Ag. 1083: [tense] aor.

    ἔχρησα Hdt.4.156

    , etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.

    ἐχρήσθην Id.1.49

    , etc.: [tense] pf. κέχρησμαι (v.l. κέχρημαι) Id.4.164, 7.141: [tense] plpf. ἐκέχρηστο (v.l. ἐκέχρητο) Id.2.147, 151, 3.64, etc.:—[voice] Med.,

    χρῶμαι Th.1.126

    , etc., [dialect] Ion.

    χρέομαι Hdt.

    , inf.

    χρέεσθαι 1.157

    ( χρᾶσθαι ib. 172); part.

    χρεώμενος 4.151

    : [tense] impf. [ per.] 3pl. ἐχρέωντο (v.l. ἐχρέοντο) 4.157, 5.82: [tense] fut.

    χρήσομαι Od.10.492

    , etc.
    I in [voice] Act. of the gods and their oracles, proclaim, abs.,

    χρείων μυθήσατο Φοῖβος 8.79

    :

    χρείων ἐκ δάφνης γυάλων ὕπο Παρνησοῖο h.Ap. 396

    : c. acc. rei, χρήσω ἀνθρώποισι Διὸς βουλήν ib. 132, cf. Thgn.807, Pi.l.c., Plot.2.9.9;

    ἡ Πυθίη οἱ χρᾷ τάδε Hdt.1.55

    , cf. 4.155; χρῆσεν οἰκιστῆρα Βάττον proclaimed him the colonizer, Pi.P.4.6; also in Trag.,

    ὁ χρήσας A. Eu. 798

    ;

    χρήσειν ἔοικεν ἀμφὶ τῶν αὑτῆς κακῶν Id.Ag. 1083

    ;

    χρῇ μοι τοιαῦθ' ὁ Φοῖβος S.El.35

    ;

    σοὶ δ' οὐκ ἔχρησεν οὐδέν E.Hec. 1268

    ;

    χ. φόνον Id.El. 1267

    : also c. acc. cogn.,

    χ. χρησμόν Id.Ph. 409

    ;

    ὑμνῳδίαν Id. Ion 681

    (lyr.): c. inf., warn or direct by oracle,

    ἔχρησας ὥστε τὸν ξένον μητροκτονεῖν A.Eu. 202

    ; without ὥστε, ib. 203; χρήσαντ' ἐμοὶ.. ἐκτὸς αἰτίας κακῆς εἶναι that I should be.., Id.Ch. 1030; c. inf. [tense] aor., Ar. V. 159: rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    τάδε ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔχρησεν IG12.80.10

    ;

    τὸν Ἀπόλλω ταύτην τὴν γῆν χρῆσαι οἰκεῖν Th.2.102

    ;

    τοῦ θεοῦ χρήσαντος Id.5.32

    , cf. Lycurg.99;

    ἔχρησεν ὁ θεός SIG1044.5

    (Halic., iv/iii B. C.);

    ὁ θεὸς ἔχρησε IG42(1).122.78

    (Epid., iv B. C.).
    II [voice] Pass., to be declared, proclaimed by an oracle,

    τίς οὖν ἐχρήσθη; E. Ion 792

    ; mostly of the oracle delivered,

    τὰ ἐκ Δελφῶν οὕτω τῷ Κροίσῳ ἐχρήσθη Hdt.1.49

    ;

    τὰ χρηστήρια ταῦτά σφι ἐχρήσθη Id.9.94

    ;

    ἠπίως χρησθῆναι Id.7.143

    ; τὸ χρησθέν, τὰ χρησθέντα, the response, Id.1.63, 7.178;

    ἐν Πυθῶνι χρησθὲν παλαίφατον Pi.O.2.39

    ;

    πεύθου τὰ χρησθέντ' S.OT 604

    ; χρησθὲν αὐτῷ ἐν Νεμέᾳ τοῦτο παθεῖν since it was foretold him by an oracle that.. Th.3.96; ἃ τοῦδ' ἐχρήσθη σώματος which were declared about it, S.OC 355;

    τὸν κεχρησμένον θάνατον Hdt.4.164

    (- χρημ- codd.);

    τοῦ κακοῦ τοῦ κεχρησμένου Id.7.141

    (v.l. -χρημ-): impers., c. inf., καί σφι ἐχρήσθη ἀνέμοισι εὔχεσθαι ib. 178: c. acc. et inf.,

    ἐκέχρηστό σφι.. τοῦτον βασιλεύσειν Id.2.147

    ; c. inf. [tense] aor., Id.7.220.
    III [voice] Med., of the person to whom the response is given, consult a god or oracle, c. dat.,

    ψυχῇ χρησόμενος Θηβαίου Τειρεσίαο Od.10.492

    , 565; χ. θεῷ, χρηστηρίοισι, μαντηΐῳ, Hdt.1.47, 53, 157;

    τῷ θεῷ Aeschin.3.124

    ;

    χ. μάντεσι Μούσαις Ar.Av. 724

    (anap.), cf. Pl. Lg. 686a;

    ὅσοι μαντικὴν νομίζοντες οἰωνοῖς χρῶνται X.Mem.1.1.3

    ; χ. χρηστηρίῳ εἰ .. inquire at the oracle whether.., Hdt.3.57: abs.,

    ὑπέρβη λάϊνον οὐδὸν χρησόμενος Od.8.81

    , cf. h.Ap. 252, 292;

    ἀπέστειλε ἄλλους χρησομένους Hdt.1.46

    ; οἱ χρώμενοι the consulters, E.Ph. 957;

    χρωμένῳ ἐν Δελφοῖς Th.1.126

    ; also

    χ. περὶ τοῦ πολέμου Hdt.7.220

    , cf. 1.85, 4.150, 155, etc.;

    κεχρημένος

    having inquired of an oracle,

    Arist.Rh. 1398b33

    : c. inf., σωφρονεῖν κεχρημένον being divinely warned to be temperate, A.Pers. 829, cf. Marcellin.Vit. Thuc.6: later simply, receive a divine revelation, Plot.5.3.14.—Hom. has the word in this sense only in Od.: the [voice] Act. only in [tense] pres. part. χρείων ([tense] fut.

    χρήσω h.Ap. 132

    ): the [voice] Med. only in part. [tense] fut. χρησόμενος.
    B furnish with a thing, in which sense the [tense] pres. was [full] κίχρημι, D.53.12, Plu.Pomp.29; Cret. [ per.] 3sg.

    κίγχρητι Inscr.Cret.1 xxiii 3

    (Phaestus, ii B. C.); Delph. [ per.] 3sg. [tense] pres. subj.

    κιχρῇ Schwyzer 324.17

    (iv B. C.): [tense] aor. χρέη ib.13; [tense] pres. part. κιχρέντε ib.adn. (rarely [full] χρηννύναι, [full] χρηννύω, Thphr.Char.5.10, 10.13: [voice] Med.,

    χρηννυόμεθα PCair.Zen. 304.4

    (iii B. C.)): [tense] fut.

    χρήσω Hdt.3.58

    : [tense] aor. ἔχρησα ibid., 6.89, Ar. Th. 219, X.Mem.3.11.18, Lys.19.24, IG12.108.16, etc. ([ per.] 3sg. written

    ἔκχρησεν IG12(3).1350.4

    ([place name] Thera)); imper.

    χρῆσον Ar.Ra. 1159

    , Pl. Com.205: [tense] pf.

    κέχρηκα Men.461

    , 598, Plb.29.21.6 ( = D.S.31.10): [tense] plpf.

    ἐκεχρήκει App.BC2.29

    :—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. κέχρημαι ([etym.] δια-) D.27.11:—[voice] Med., [tense] pres.

    κίχρᾰμαι Plu.2.534b

    ; inf.

    κίχρασθαι Thphr.Char.30.20

    : [tense] impf.

    ἐκιχράμην AP9.584.10

    : [tense] aor. ἐχρησάμην, imper.

    χρῆσαι E.El. 191

    (lyr.), etc.:— furnish the use of a thing, i.e. lend, usu. in a friendly way, δανείζω being the word applied to usurers (but χ. = δανείζω in Antipho Soph.54), ll. cc.;

    οὐ δεδωκώς, ἀλλὰ χρήσας Arist.EN 1162b33

    , cf. LXX Ex.11.3;

    ἡ πειρατικὴ δύναμις χρήσασα ταῖς βασιλικαῖς ὑπηρεσίαις ἑαυτήν Plu.Pomp.24

    ;

    χ. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σχολήν τισι Id.Phil. 13

    ; χ. τὰν χέρα, in the formula of manumission, IG9(1).189, 194 ([place name] Tithora):—[voice] Med., borrow, τι E.El. 191 (lyr.), Thphr.Char.30.20: abs.,

    χρησαμένη γὰρ ἔνησα καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ἀνταποδοῦναι Batr.186

    ; πόδας χρήσας, ὄμματα χρησάμενος having lent feet and borrowed eyes, of a blind man carrying a lame one, AP9.13 (Pl.Jun.), cf. Pl.Demod. 384b, 384c.
    ------------------------------------
    χράομαι. (See also χράω)
    C [voice] Med. [full] χράομαι, [dialect] Att. [full] χρῶμαι, χρῇ prob. in Pl.Hp.Mi. 369a,

    χρῆται Ar.V. 1028

    (anap.), etc. (also Trag., A.Ag. 953), χρώμεθα, χρῆσθε, χρῶνται, And.4.6, Pl.La. 194c, Th.1.70, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [full] χρέομαι Sophr.126; [dialect] Ion.

    χρᾶται Hdt.1.132

    , al. (so in later Prose, Iamb. in Nic.p.28 P.); χρέεται v.l. in Hdt.4.50;

    χρέονται Hp.

    Aër.1;

    χρέωνται Hdt.1.34

    , 4.108, al.;

    χρείωνται Heraclit.104

    ; opt.

    χρῴμην, χρῷο Pl. Cri. 45b

    ,

    χρῷτο Gorg.Fr.20

    , etc.; [dialect] Ion.

    χρέοιτο Hp.Acut.56

    ; imper.

    χρῶ Democr.270

    , Ar.Th. 212, Isoc.1.34, [dialect] Ion.

    χρέο Hp.Steril.230

    , Hdt. 1.155 (v.l. χρέω, as in Hp.Acut. (Sp.) 62); [ per.] 3sg. [dialect] Dor.

    χρηείσθω SIG 1009.7

    (Chalcedon, iii/ii B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.

    χρῆσθε And.1.11

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    χρήσθων Ar.Nu. 439

    (s. v.l.; v. infr.111.4b), Th.5.18;

    χρώσθων IG12.122.5

    ; [dialect] Dor.

    χρόνσθω Mnemos.57.208

    (Argos, vi B. C.); inf. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion.

    χρῆσθαι IG12.57.19

    , Ar.Av. 1040, Lys.25.20, SIG57.5 (Milet., v B. C.), IG12(5).593 A12 (Ceos, v B. C.); [dialect] Ion. and Hellenistic

    χρᾶσθαι Hdt. 2.15

    , 3.20, al., IG12(5).606.9 (Ceos, iv/iii B. C.), SIG344.50 (Teos, iv B. C.), 1106.80 (Cos, iv/iii B. C.), PCair.Zen.299.10 (iii B. C.), OGI214.19 (Didyma, iii B. C.), IG22.1325.24 (both forms in Phld.Rh.1.66S. and Ph.Bel.,

    χρῆσθαι 57.35

    , al.,

    χρᾶσθαι 53.49

    , al.), [dialect] Ion. χρέεσθαι as v.l. for χρῆσθαι Hdt.1.21, 187, al. ( χρῆσθαι ib. 153 codd.), so in Arc., IG5 (2).514.14 (Lycosura, ii B. C.), Elean

    χρηῆσται Inscr.Olymp.1.3

    (vii/vi B. C.), [dialect] Boeot.

    χρειεῖσθη IG7.3169

    (Orchom., iii B. C.); [dialect] Locr. and [dialect] Lacon.

    χρῆσται IG9(1).334.19

    , 23 (Oeanthea, v B. C.), 5(1).1317.8 (Thalamae, iv/iii B. C.); part. [dialect] Att.

    χρώμενος A.Eu. 655

    , IG12.81.6, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.

    χρεώμενος Il.23.834

    (as a dactyl), Hdt.2.108, Hp.Acut.18, [dialect] Dor.

    χρείμενος SIG395.4

    , 438.11 (both Delph., iii B. C.), Berl.Sitzb.1927.156 ([place name] Cyrene),

    χρήμενος Riv.Fil.58.472

    (Gortyn, iii B. C.),

    χρεύμενος SIG1166.3

    ([place name] Dodona): [tense] impf. [dialect] Att.

    ἐχρώμην Antipho 5.63

    ,

    ἐχρῶ Ar.Ra. 111

    , And.1.49,

    ἐχρῆτο Th.1.130

    , etc.; pl.,

    ἐχρώμεθα Lys.Fr.29

    ,

    ἐχρῶντο Antipho 6.28

    , etc.; [dialect] Ion.

    ἐχρᾶτο Hdt.2.173

    (v.l. -ῆτο), 3.3, 129, al. (also found in Anaxipp.1.9 codd.Ath.),

    ἐχρέωντο Hdt.2.108

    , al.: but

    ἐχρῆτο 3.41

    codd., Herod.6.55, ([etym.] προς-) Hp.Epid.3.17.ά: [tense] fut.

    χρήσομαι S.Ph. 1133

    (lyr.), etc.; also

    κεχρήσομαι Theoc.16.73

    : [tense] aor.

    ἐχρησάμην S.OT 117

    , Th.5.7, al.: [tense] pf. κέχρημαι (v. infr. 1): [tense] aor. ἐχρήσθην in pass. sense (v. infr. vii):—in [tense] pf. κέχρημαι (with [tense] pres. sense) c. gen., desire, yearn after, the usual sense in [dialect] Ep., οὔτ' εὐνῆς πρόφασιν κεχρημένος (sc. αὐτῆς)

    οὔτε τευ ἄλλου Il.19.262

    ;

    νόστου κεχρημένον ἠδὲ γυναικός Od.1.13

    ;

    κομιδῆς κεχρημένοι ἄνδρες 14.124

    , cf. 17.421, 20.378, 22.50;

    μαντοσυνεων κεχρημένοι Emp.112.10

    .
    2 to be in want of, lack,

    τοῦ κεχρημένοι; S.Ph. 1264

    , cf. E.IA 382 (troch.); [

    βορᾶς] κεχρημένοι Id.Cyc.98

    ;

    οὐ πόνων κεχρήμεθα Id.Med. 334

    ;

    τίνος κέχρησθε, γυναῖκες; Theoc.26.18

    : [tense] fut.,

    ὃς ἐμεῦ κεχρήσετ' ἀοιδοῦ Id.16.73

    ; χρήσομεθα εἰς τὰ ἔργα καὶ ὁδοῦ.. καὶ ὕδατος we shall need.., SIG1182.12 (Ephes., iii B. C.): freq. abs. in part. κεχρημένος, lacking, needy, Od.14.155, 17.347, Hes.Op. 317, 500, E.Supp. 327, Pl.Lg. 717c: but κεχρηόσι δαίτης is f.l. for κεχαρηόσι in Nic.Fr.70.18.
    3 [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. κέχρημαι, κεχρήμην, in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. sense, c. dat., enjoy, have, φρεσὶ γὰρ κέχρητ' ἀγαθῇσι ([etym.] ν) Od.3.266, 14.421, 16.398; αὕτη (sc. ἡ χώρη)

    ὕδασι κάλλιστα κέχρηται Hp.

    Aër.12; ἡ καταδεεστέροις τούτοις (sc. τοῖς εἴδεσι)

    κεχρημένη τραγῳδία Arist.Po. 1450a32

    , cf. a13, b33; ἄλλαις, μικραῖς διαφοραῖς, Id.Metaph. 1042b31, Phgn. 809a8; ὑγροτέραις σαρξί ib. b11; θριξὶ ξανθαῖς ib.25;

    καθαρωτάτῳ.. αἵματι Id.Resp. 477a21

    ; τῶν.. πλαγίαις ταῖς ῥάβδοις κεχρημένων (sc. ἰχθύων) Id.Fr. 295;

    εὐγενείᾳ κεχρημένος IG42(1).83.10

    (Epid., i A. D.);

    σφαιρικῷ ὄγκῳ PLit.Lond.167.25

    (ii/iii A. D.), cf. κεχρημένως ([place name] Addenda); so in [tense] pres.,

    χρῶνται δειλαῖς φρεσὶ, δαίμονι δ' ἐσθλῷ Thgn.161

    ; μέρη

    τραγῳδίας, οἷς ὡς εἴδεσι δεῖ χρῆσθαι, πρότερον εἴπομεν Arist.Po. 1452b14

    , cf. 1458b14.
    II use, [tense] pres. once in Hom., abs.,

    ἑξει μιν καὶ πέντε περιπλομένους ἐνιαυτοὺς χρεώμενος Il.23.834

    : later mostly c. dat. (for acc. v. infr. VI),

    ἀκμαζούσῃ τῇ ῥώμῃ τῶν χειρῶν χρώμενος Antipho 4.3.3

    ;

    ἐσθῆτι τοιῇδε χρέωνται Hdt.1.195

    , cf. 202, Ar.Ra. 1061 (anap.);

    διφασίοισι γράμμασι χ. Hdt.2.36

    ; τοῖσιοὐνόμασι τῶν θεῶν ib.52; πλατυτέροισι ἐχρέωντο τοῖσι πόμασι, ἐκ φρεάτων χρεώμενοι ib. 108; τοῖσι ἐποποιοῖσι χρεώμενον λέγειν ib. 120; ὅστις ἐμπύρῳ χρῆται τέχνῃ consults burnt offerings, E.Ph. 954; χ. ἀργυρίῳ make use of money, Pl.R. 333b;

    ἀργύρῳ Ar.Ec. 822

    ; χ. ἵπποις manage them, X.Smp.2.10; χ. ἰχθύσι use for food, Plu.2.668f; οἴνῳ χ. ἐπὶ πλέον ib.715d; χ. ναυτιλίῃσι, θαλάσσῃ, Hdt.2.43, Th.1.3;

    ὠνῇ καὶ πρήσι Hdt.1.153

    ;

    δρασμῷ Aeschin.3.21

    ;

    τέχναις X.Mem.3.10.1

    , Oec.4.4;

    τῇ τέχνῃ POxy.1029.25

    (ii A. D.); χρώμενοι τῇ πόλει taking a part in politics, E. Ion 602;

    ἐκκλησίαισιν ἦν ὅτ' οὐκ ἐχρώμεθα Ar.Ec. 183

    ; ἄλλον τρόπον τῇ πολιτείᾳ κέχρημαι, = πεπολίτευμαι, Hyp.Eux.28;

    φωνὴν δυναμένην ὄχλῳ χρῆσθαι Isoc.5.81

    ; τῇ τραπέζῃ τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐχρῆτο he had dealings with my father's bank, D.52.3; χ. τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς administer them, Isoc.6.50.
    III experience, suffer, be subject to, esp. external events or conditions,

    δάμαρτος 'Ιππολύτας Ἀκάστου δολίαις τέχναισι χρησάμενος

    having experienced,

    Pi.N.4.58

    ;

    κείμεθ' ἀγηράντῳ χρώμενοι εὐλογίῃ Simon.100.4

    ;

    νιφετῷ Hdt.4.50

    ;

    στίβῃ καὶ νιφετῷ Call.Epigr.33.3

    ;

    χειμῶνι Antipho 5.21

    , D.18.194;

    λαίλαπι AP7.503

    (Leon.); στυγεροῖς πνεύμασι Epigr. ap. D.S.13.41 (iv B. C.);

    ἀνάγκῃ Antipho 5.22

    ;

    οἰκεῖα πράγματ' εἰσάγων, οἷς χρώμεθ', οἷς σύνεσμεν Ar.Ra. 959

    ;

    γυναικῶν τῶν τοῖς τόκοις χρωμένων πλείοσιν Arist.HA 582a24

    ;

    ἀπεψίαις χ. IG42(1).126.4

    (Epid., ii A. D.);

    ἑκὼν.. οὐδεὶς δουλίῳ χρῆται ζυγῷ A.Ag. 953

    ; νόμοισι χ. live under laws, Hdt. 1.173, 216, cf. IG9(1).334.19 ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.);

    νόμοις τοῖς ἰδίοις Riv.Fil.58.472

    (Gortyn, iii B. C.);

    ἀνομίᾳ X.Mem.1.2.24

    ;

    γαλανείᾳ χρησάμενοι μανιάδων οἴστρων E.IA 546

    (lyr.); χ. εὐμαρείᾳ to be at ease, S.Tr. 193 (but, ease oneself, Hdt.2.35);

    συντυχίῃ χ. Id.5.41

    ;

    τύχῃ E.Heracl. 714

    , And.1.67, 120;

    πολλῇ εὐτυχίᾳ Pl.Men. 72a

    ; πολλῇ τῇ νίκῃ χρῆται, = παρὰ πολὺ νικᾷ, And.4.31;

    συμφορῇ κεχρημένος Hdt.1.42

    , cf. E.Med. 347;

    τοιούτῳ μόρῳ ἐχρήσατο ὁ παῖς Hdt. 1.117

    ; θείῃ πομπῇ χρεώμενος divinely sent, ib.62; of mental conditions present in the subject, τῷ χόλῳ χρέομαι I feel anger, Sophr. 126;

    λογισάμενος ἢν εὑρίσκῃ πλέω τε καὶ μέζω τὰ ἀδικήματα ἐόντα τῶν ὑποργημάτων, οὕτω τῷ θυμῷ χρᾶται Hdt.1.137

    ; μὴ πάντα θυμῷ χρέο ib. 155;

    ὀργῇ χρωμένη S.OT 1241

    ;

    ὀργῇ μεγάλῃ μοι ἐχρήσω LXX Jb.10.17

    , cf. 19.11, al.; ἀγνωμοσύνῃ χρησάμενοι ἀπέστησαν they stiffened their necks and.. Hdt.5.83; οἴησις γάρ, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν ἰητρικῇ, αἰτίην μὲντοῖσι κεχρημένοισιν, ὄλεθρον δὲ τοῖσι χρεωμένοισι ἐπιφέρει vanity brings blame on its possessor (or victim) and ruin on those who consult him, Hp Decent.4;

    πολλῇ ἀνοίᾳ χρώμενος Antipho 3.3.2

    ;

    ἀμαθίᾳ πλέονι.. χρῆσθε Th.1.68

    ;

    ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις μείζοσιν ἢ κατὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν οὐσίαν ἐχρῆτο Id.6.15

    ;

    φθόνῳ καὶ διαβολῇ χ. Pl.Ap. 18d

    ;

    οὺ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀλλὰ τῇ τοῦ πατάξαντος χρησάμενος ἀπέθανεν Antipho 4.3.4

    ;

    τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι παραπλησίοις ἐχρήσαντο Isoc.8.104

    ;

    μή τι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην; 2 Ep.Cor.1.17

    .
    2 with verbal nouns. periphr. for the verb derived from the noun, ἀληθέϊ λόγῳ χ. use true speech, i.e. speak the truth, Hdt.1.14; ἀληθείῃ χ. ib. 116, 7.101; βοῇ χ. set up a cry, Id.4.134; τοιούτῳ πράγματι οὐ κέχρησαι, = οὐδὲν τοιοῦτο ἔπραξας, Hyp.Eux.11; δαψιλέϊ τῷ ποτῷ (fort. πότῳ)

    χρησαμένους Hdt.2.121

    .δ'; ἐσόδῳ χρέο πυκνῶς visit often, Hp.Decent.13;

    ἡ σελήνη.. διὰ παντὸς τῇ ἴσῃ παραυξήσει καὶ μειώσει χρῆται Gem.18.16

    .
    3 c. dupl. dat., use as so and so,

    τοῖς ἀγαθοῖσιν.. χ. πρὸς τὰ κακὰ ἀλκῇ Democr.173

    ;

    μιᾷ πόλει ταύτῃ χ. Th.2.15

    ;

    χ. τῷ σίτῳ ὄψῳ ἢ τῷ ὄψῳ σίτῳ X.Mem.3.14.4

    .
    4 χ. τισιν ἔς τι use for an end or purpose, Hdt.1.34;

    πρός τι X.Oec.11.13

    ;

    ἐπί τι Id.Mem.1.2.9

    ; ἀμφί or περί τι, Id.Oec.9.6, An.3.5.10; with neut. Adj. or Pron. as Adv., τάδε [τῷ ἀμφιβλήστρῳ] χ. makes the following use of the net, Hdt.2.95;

    χρέωνται οὐδὲν ἐλαίῳ Id.1.193

    ; χρυσῷ καὶ χαλκῷ τὰ πάντα χρέωνται ib. 215; λογισμῷ ἐλάχιστα χ., πλεῖστα ἀρετῇ χ., Th.2.11, 5.105; τί χρήσεταί ποτ' αὐτῷ; what use will he make of him? Ar.Ach. 935, cf. X.An.1.3.18;

    χ. τἀνδρὶ τοῖς τ' ἐμοῖς λόγοις S.Tr.60

    ;

    ἠπορούμην ὅ τι χρησαίμην τῇ τούτου παρανομίᾳ Lys.3.10

    .
    b treat, deal with,

    παραδίδωμι χρᾶσθαι αὐτῷ τοῦτο ὅ τι σὺ βούλεαι Hdt.1.210

    , cf. Ar.Nu. 439 (anap.; fort. delendum χρήσθων), Isoc.12.107; εἰ τύχοι (sc. γυνὴ)

    μὴ ἐπιτηδεία γενομένη, τί χρὴ τῇ συμφορᾷ χρῆσθαι; Antipho Soph.49

    ; ἀπορέων ὅ τι χρήσηται τῷ παρεόντι πρήγματι not knowing what to make of it, Hdt.7.213;

    ἠπόρει ὅτι χρήσαιτο Pl.Prt. 321c

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις ὅτι χρῷο σαυτῷ Id.Cri. 45b

    ; in elliptical phrases,

    τί οὖν χρησώμεθα; Id.Ly. 213c

    ;

    Θηβαίους ἔχοντες.. τί χρήσεσθε; D.8.74

    : c. dat. et acc. cogn.,

    χρωμένους τῷ κτείναντι χρείαν ἣν ἂν ἐθέλωσι Pl.Lg. 868b

    , cf. 785b, Clit. 407e.
    IV of persons, χρῆσθαί τινι ὡς .. treat him as..,

    χ. τινὶ ὡς ἀνδρὶ ψεύστῃ Hdt.7.209

    ; χ. [τισὶν] ὡς πολεμίοις, ὡς φίλοις καὶ πιστοῖς, treat as friends or enemies, regard them as such, Th.1.53, X.Cyr.4.2.8; so

    φιλικώτερον χρῆσθαί τισι Id.Mem.4.3.12

    ;

    ὑβριστικῶς χ. τισί D.56.12

    ; also without

    ὡς, ἔμοιγε χρώμενος διδασκάλῳ A.Pr. 324

    , cf. Heraclit.104;

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ;

    οὐ σφόδρα ἐχρώμην Αυκίνῳ φίλῳ Antipho 5.63

    ;

    πλείστοις καὶ δεινοτάτοις ἐχροῖς χ. And.4.2

    ;

    ἀσθενέσι χ. πολεμίοις X.Cyr.3.2.4

    .
    b χρῆσθαί τινι (without φίλῳ) to be intimate with a man, X.Hier.5.2, Mem.4.8.11;

    χρῆσθαι καὶ συνεῖναί τισι And.1.49

    ; ἀνάγκη, ὃς ἂν γένηται (sc. παῖς, son), τούτῳ χρῆσθαι one must put up with the son that is born, Democr.277: ἰητρῷ μὴ χρωμένους not consulting a doctor, Hp. de Arte5 (so c. dat. et acc., ἐσιέναι παρὰ βασιλέα μηδένα, δι' ἀγγέλων δὲ πάντα χρᾶσθαι (sc. αὐτῷ) deal with him in everything by messengers, Hdt.1.99); so Πλάτωνι, Ξενοφῶντι, χ. use, study their writings, Plu.2.79d: abs.,

    οἱ χρώμενοι

    friends,

    X.Ages.11.13

    , Mem.2.6.5, Isoc.6.44.
    2 esp. of sexual intercourse,

    γυναιξὶ ἐχρᾶτο Hdt.2.181

    , cf. X.Mem.1.2.29, 2.1.30, Is.3.10, D.59.67.
    3 χρῆσθαι ἑαυτῷ make use ofoneself or one's powers, with a part.,

    οὐδ' ὑγιαίνοντι χρώμενος ἑαυτῷ Plu.Nic.17

    ;

    αὑτῷ νήφοντι χ. Id.Eum.16

    : so with an Adv.,

    χ. ἑαντῷ πρὸς τοὺς κινδύνους ἀφειδῶς Id.Alex.45

    ; παρέχειν ἑαυτὸν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς χρῆσθαι place oneself at the disposal of another, X.Cyr.1.2.13, cf. 8.1.5.
    V abs., or with Adv., χρῶνται Πέρσαι οὕτω so the Persians are wont to do, such is their custom. ib.4.3.23.
    VI in later Gk. ( τῷ μεγαλόφρονι shd. be read for τὸ μεγαλόφρον in X.Ages.11.11) c. acc. rei,

    χ. τὰ ἀπὸ λιμένων.. εἰς διοίκησιν τῆς πόλεως Arist.Oec. 1350a7

    ; [θησαυρὸν] χρησάμενοι (v.l. κτησάμενοι) LXXWi.7.14;

    οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κόσμον ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι 1 Ep.Cor.7.31

    ;

    ἄνηθον μετ' ἐλαίου χρήσασθαι IG42(1).126.27

    (Epid., ii A. D.);

    ὕδωρ χρῶ PTeb.273.28

    (ii/iii A. D.):— for Hdt.1.99, v. supr. IV. 1b.
    VII [voice] Pass., to be used, esp. in [tense] aor., αἱ δὲ (sc. αἱ νέες)

    οὐκ ἐχρήσθησαν Hdt.7.144

    ; τέως ἂν χρησθῇ so long as it be in use, D.21.16; [

    σιδήρου τοῦ] χρησθέντος εἰς τύλους Supp.Epigr.4.447.48

    (Didyma, ii B. C.); Hsch. also has χρησθήσεται· χρησιμεύσει:—v. supr. A.11.
    D for χρή, v. sub voc. (Origin and historical order of the forms and senses not clear: χρή and χρῄζω are cogn.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > χράω

  • 66 كثير

    كَثِير \ ample: enough or more than is necessary: There is an ample supply of food. We have ample time to catch the train. considerable: great (of amount, cost, difficulty, distance, etc.). constant: happening very often: He paid constant visit to the doctor. good: fairly large: It cost a good deal of money. many: a large number (of): He has (very) many friends. Many (of them) are at school with him. Many hands make light work (A job is done faster if we help each other). many a: used with a singular noun, equal in sense to a plural noun: I’ve been there many a time (many times). plentiful: (esp. of fruit or vegetables) obtainable in large numbers: Apples are plentiful this year. We had a plentiful supply of fruit. \ بِكَثِير \ all: (with comparatives) much: If you run you’ll get there all the sooner. by far: by a long way or very much: He is by far the better player of the two. He plays better by far. far: (comparing things) much: He works far harder than you do. lot: a lot very much: I feel a lot better today. He likes her a lot. much: (in comparisons; before more, etc., and before too) a lot; by a great amount: This is much more useful than that. I feel much better today. It’s much too expensive. well: quite a long way: He’s well over 60. Stand well back from the line. \ كَثِير الأحلام \ dreamy: having an appearance of dreaming; inattentive to what is around one. \ كَثِير الأعشاب الضَّارَّة \ weedy: full of weeds or weed. \ كَثِير إلى هذا الحَدّ \ so many, so much: such a lot of: I never knew that you had so many brothers. \ كَثِير الإنتاج \ productive: (of land, work, plans, etc.) producing (many) goods or results. \ كَثِير التِّلال \ hilly: (of a country or roads) full of hills. \ كَثِير التَّنقُّل \ on the move: moving; travelling: He’s always on the move and never settles for long. \ كَثِير الجِبال \ mountainous: (of land) full of mountains. \ كَثِير جدًّا \ a good many, a great many: very many: a good many people. immensely: very much: I enjoyed myself immensely. in abundance: in large quantities. so many, so much: such a lot of: I never knew that you had so many brothers. \ كَثِير الحِجارة \ stony: having many stones: stony soil. \ كَثِير الحَرَاشِف \ scaly: covered with scales: A scaly creature; a scaly surface. \ كَثِير الدُّخَان \ smoky: producing much smoke; full of smoke; of a greyish brown colour. \ كَثِير الرّياح \ windy: having a lot of wind: Windy weather; a windy hillside. \ كَثِير الرِّيح \ breezy: (of weather) rather windy; fresh. \ كَثِير السُّؤَال \ inquisitive: too eager to know about other people’s affairs. \ كَثِير الشَّعْر \ hairy: covered with hair: hairy legs. \ كَثِير الضَّباب \ foggy: not clear because of fog: a foggy day. \ كَثِير الضَّجيج \ noisy: making a lot of noise: noisy children. \ كَثِير العَدَد \ numerous: great in number; very many: numerous mistakes. \ كَثِير العُشْب \ grassy: covered with grass. \ كَثِير العُصَارة \ juicy: (of fruit, etc.) containing a lot of liquid: a juicy apple. \ كَثِير العَظْم \ bony: (of fish or meat) full of bones. \ كَثِير العَمَل \ busy: working; having much to do: My wife is busy cooking. I’ve had a busy day at the office. \ See Also مشغول (مَشْغُول)‏ \ كَثِير مِن \ a lot of, lots of: a great deal of (but much or many is more common in questions or negative sentences): He has a lot of money but he hasn’t much sense. a good deal, a great deal: a lot: he suffers a good deal of pain. He has a great deal of money. dozen: a lot: I have dozens of relations. masses: a lot: I’ve got masses of work to finish. much: (it should be used: (a) only with nu nouns; use many for nc. nouns; (b) in negative sentences or questions; (c) in statements only when it describes the subject or when it follows how, too, so or as; in other statements use a lot, plenty of, a good deal of) a large amount of: We haven’t much food. Much money was spent on repairs. You eat too much sugar. \ كَثِير النُّتُوءات \ lumpy: full of lumps; covered with lumps; not smooth. \ كَثِير النِّسْيَان \ forgetful: often failing to remember things. \ كَثيرًا \ lot: a lot very much: I feel a lot better today. He likes her a lot. much: (only in negative sentences or questions; always after the verb) often: Does he come here much?, (with p.p) greatly a much-loved friend, (with verbs (a) it must not come between the verb and its object, (b) it may come at the end of a negative sentence or question, (c) it may only come at the end of a statement if it follows very) greatly: I don’t much like it or (I don’t like it). often: many times: It often rains in winter. \ كَثيرًا جدًّا \ highly: greatly; very; very much: I was highly delighted at his success. This substance is highly poisonous. She is a highly experienced taecher. I value your advice highly. \ كَثيرةُ الأرجُل (من المَفْصِليّات)‏ \ millepedes or millipedes, Myriapoda. \ _(field) Zool.

    Arabic-English dictionary > كثير

  • 67 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 68 da

    I Adv.
    1. (dort) there; hier und da here and there; da, wo where; da vorn(e) / hinten there at the front / back; da oben / unten up / down there; da draußen oder hinaus out there; da drinnen oder hinein in there; da drüben oder hinüber over there, Am. yonder umg.; gleich sind wir da we’re nearly there, we’ll be there soon; wer da? who goes there?; ist da jemand? is there anybody there?; da und da umg., wenn einem etwas nicht einfällt: what’s-its-name, thingummy, thingamajig; he du da! umg. hey you (over there)!; den oder das da umg. that one; der / die da umg. that man / woman over there; der / die da war’s umg. it was him / her
    2. (hier) here; da und dort here and there; dieser oder diese oder dies(es) da this one; da bin ich here I am; da kommt sie here she comes; da, nimm schon! umg. here (you go), take it!; da (hast du’s)! umg. there you are (auch fig.); da haben wir’s umg. (ich hab’s gefunden) there it is, got it; (das ist geschafft) done it; (jetzt ist es passiert) that had to (go and) happen, didn’t it?; ich bin gleich wieder da I’ll be back in a minute; wenn Sie schon da sind while you’re here; ist noch Brot da? is there any bread left?; es ist keine Milch mehr da we’ve run ( oder we’re) out of milk; jetzt ist er wieder da fig. (bei Bewusstsein) he’s come (a)round again; ( wieder) voll da sein umg., fig. be (back) in top form
    3. da sein (existieren) be there; (noch leben) still be alive; da sein für oder zu Zweck: be there for; noch nie da gewesen unheard-of, unprecedented; so etwas ist noch nie da gewesen that’s never happened before; Geld ist dafür oder dazu da, dass man es ausgibt money is there to be spent; er ist nur für sie da he’s only got time for her; weitS. he lives for her; ich bin immer für dich da I’ll always be around when you need me
    4. umg.; in Ausrufen: sieh da! well just look at that!; iro. lo and behold!; ... und siehe da, auf einmal klappt es! surprise surprise, all of a sudden it works!; nichts da! forget it!; heda
    5. als Füllwort: als da sind oder wären for instance, such as; als er sie sah, da lachte er when he saw her he laughed; es gibt Leute, die da glauben there are people who believe; was da kommen mag whatever happens
    6. zeitlich: (dann, damals) then, at that time; da erst only then; von da an from then on, since then; hier und da now and then; da gab es noch keinen Strom there was no electricity in those days; da war sie plötzlich weg then suddenly ( oder all of a sudden) she was gone
    7. (in diesem Fall) there, in that case, under the circumstances; was lässt sich da machen? what can be done about it?; da irren Sie sich you’re mistaken there; da wäre ich ( doch) dumm I would be stupid to do so; da fragst du noch? do you really need to ask?; da fragt man sich wirklich(, warum) it really makes you wonder (why); da kann man nichts machen what can you do about it?, there’s not much you can do about it
    8. umg.; (aus diesem Grund) therefore, so; er ist sehr reich, da kann er sich das leisten he’s very ( oder really) rich, so he can afford it
    9. umg.; einleitend: da fällt mir etwas ein it’s just occurred to me, the thought strikes me; da soll es jetzt ein neues Mittel geben, das... supposedly there’s a new medicine which...; wie geht das? - da musst du erst einmal... first you have to...; wo ist das? - da gehst du erst geradeaus, dann... go straight ahead first ( oder to begin with), then...
    10. da... bei, für, nach etc. nordd. dabei, dafür, danach etc.
    II Konj.
    1. (weil) (seeing) as, since, because; da aber oder jedoch but since; since..., however da sie ja oder doch oder nun schon einmal hier ist,... seeing as she’s here,..., da dem so ist since that’s the case, in that case, da ich keine Nachricht erhalten hatte, ging ich weg not having received any news, I left
    a) (nachdem, wo) after; jetzt, da es entschieden war now that it has been decided;
    b) geh. (als) as, when, while; jetzt oder nun, da es... now, when it...; in dem Augenblick, da er... the moment he...
    * * *
    for the reason that (Konj.); as (Konj.); since (Konj.); because (Konj.);
    (dann) then (Adv.);
    (dort) there (Adv.);
    (hier) here (Adv.)
    * * *
    [daː]
    1. adv
    1) (örtlich) (= dort) there; (= hier) here

    es liegt da draußen/drinnen/drüben/vorn —

    das liegt etwa da herum — it's somewhere round about there, it's somewhere thereabouts

    geh da herumgo round there

    hier und da, da und dort — here and there

    he, Sie da! — hey, you there!

    da bin ich/sind wir — here I am/we are

    wir sind gleich dawe'll soon be there, we're almost there

    da, wo... — where...

    wo die Straße über den Fluss geht, da fängt Schottland an — Scotland begins where the road crosses the river, where the road crosses the river, that's where Scotland begins

    ach, da war der Brief! — so that's where the letter was

    geben Sie mir ein halbes Pfund von dem dagive me half a pound of that one (there)

    da hast du deinen Kram/dein Geld! — (there you are,) there's your stuff/money

    da, nimm schon! — here, take it!

    See:
    2) (zeitlich = dann, damals) then

    ich ging gerade aus dem Haus, da schlug es zwei — I was just going out of the house when the clock struck two

    vor vielen, vielen Jahren, da lebte ein König (liter)

    da siehst du, was du angerichtet hast — now see what you've done

    3) (= daraufhin) sagen to that; lachen at that

    sie weinte, da ließ er sich erweichen — when she started to cry he softened, she started to cry, whereupon he softened (liter)

    als er das Elend der Leute sah, da nahm er sich vor... — when he saw the people's suffering he decided...

    4) (= folglich) so; (= dann) then

    es war niemand im Zimmer, da habe ich... — there was nobody in the room, so I...

    wenn ich schon gehen muss, da gehe ich lieber gleich — if I have to go, (then) I'd rather go straight away

    5) (inf = in diesem Fall) there

    da kann man or lässt sich nichts machen — nothing can be done about it

    da könnte man aus der Haut fahrenit would drive you mad (esp Brit) or crazy (inf)

    da kann man nur lachen/sich nur fragen, warum — you can't help laughing/asking yourself why

    und da soll einer or ein Mensch wissen, warum! — and you're meant to know why!

    da fragt man sich ( doch), ob der Mann noch normal ist — it makes you wonder if the man's normal

    da hat doch jemand gelacht/alle Kirschen gegessen — somebody laughed/has eaten all the cherries

    6)

    (zur Hervorhebung) wir haben da eine neue Mitschülerin/Ausführung des Artikels — we've got this new girl in our school/this new model

    da fällt mir gerade ein... — it's just occurred to me...

    7)
    See:
    2. conj
    1) (= weil) as, since, seeing that
    2) (liter = als) when

    die Stunde, da du... — the hour when you...

    nun or jetzt, da — now that

    * * *
    1) (because: Since you are going, I will go too.) since
    2) (used to introduce sentences in which a state, fact etc is being announced: There has been an accident at the factory; There seems to be something wrong; I don't want there to be any mistakes in this.) there
    3) (at that time; at that point in a speech, argument etc: There I cannot agree with you; Don't stop there - tell me what happened next!) there
    4) ((with the subject of the sentence following the verb except when it is a pronoun) used at the beginning of a sentence, usually with be or go, to draw attention to, or point out, someone or something: There she goes now! There it is!) there
    5) ((placed immediately after noun) used for emphasis or to point out someone or something: That book there is the one you need.) there
    * * *
    da
    [ˈda:]
    I. adv
    1. (örtlich: dort) there; (hier) here
    Athen? \da möchte ich auch einmal hin! Athens? I'd like to go there too one day!
    die Straße \da ist es it's the street over there
    \da sein to be here/there
    ist denn kein Brot mehr \da? isn't there any more bread?
    das ist genau dazu \da it's there for just that purpose, that's what it's there for
    es ist dazu \da, um benutzt zu werden it's there to be used
    ist \da jemand? [is] anybody there?
    es ist niemand \da nobody's here/there/in
    ich bin gleich wieder \da I'll be back in a minute
    von seinen Freunden sind nicht mehr viele \da not many of his friends are left
    dieser Fall war noch nie \da gewesen this hasn't happened before
    \da bist du ja! there you are!
    ach, \da lag/stand das! oh, that's where it was!
    für jdn \da sein to be there for sb
    ich bin immer für dich \da I'll always be here/there for you [or if you need me]
    \da drüben/hinten/vorne over there
    \da draußen/drinnen out/in there
    der/die/das... \da this/that... [over here/there]
    geben Sie mir bitte ein halbes Pfund von dem \da! I'd like half a pound of this/that [here/there] please!
    \da und dort here and there
    \da, wo... where
    sie macht am liebsten \da Urlaub, wo es warm ist she prefers to go on holiday to warm places
    \da, wo sie ist, will auch ich sein! wherever she is I want to be too!; s.a. sein I. 2, 3
    2. (zeitlich: dann) then; (nun) now
    endlich war der Moment \da, auf den sie gewartet hatte the moment which she had waited for had finally arrived [or come]
    vor vielen, vielen Jahren, \da lebte ein König (liter) many, many years ago there lived a king
    \da und dort now and then
    3. (daraufhin) and [then]
    von \da an herrschte endlich Ruhe after that it was finally quiet
    4. (fam: in diesem Fall) in such a case (usually not translated)
    \da bin ich ganz deiner Meinung I completely agree with you
    die Sache ist todernst, und \da lachst du noch? the matter is dead[ly] serious and you're still laughing?
    ich dachte, \da sei alles klar? I thought everything had been agreed upon?
    II. interj here!
    [he,] Sie \da! [hey,] you there!
    III. konj
    1. kausal (weil) as, since
    2. temporal (geh) when
    3. temporal (nachdem) now
    jetzt, \da alles geklärt ist, kannst du nicht mehr absagen now that everything has been arranged you can't cry off anymore
    * * *
    1.
    1) (dort) there

    da draußen/drüben/unten — out/over/down there

    da hinten/vorn[e] — [there] at the back/front

    he, Sie da! — hey, you there!

    der Kerl da — that fellow [over there]

    halt, wer da? — (Milit.) halt, who goes there?

    da bist du ja! — there you are [at last]!

    da, ein Reh! — look, [there's] a deer!

    da, wo die Straße nach X abzweigt — where the road to X turns off; at the turning for X

    da und dort — here and there; (manchmal) now and again or then

    2) (hier) here

    da, nimm schon! — here [you are], take it!; s. auch dahaben

    3) (zeitlich) then; (in dem Augenblick) at that moment

    in meiner Jugend, da war alles besser — back in my young days, everything was better [then]

    4) (deshalb)

    der Zug war schon weg, da habe ich den Bus genommen — the train had already gone, so I took the bus

    5) (ugs.): (in diesem Fall)

    da kann ich [ja] nur lachen! — that's plain ridiculous!

    6) (altertümelnd): (nach Relativpronomen; wird nicht übersetzt)

    ..., der da sagt —..., who says

    7) (hervorhebend; wird meist nicht übersetzt)

    ich habe da einen Kollegen, der... — I have a colleague who...

    da fällt mir noch was ein — [oh yes] another thought strikes me

    8)

    da sein(existieren) exist; (übrig sein) be left; (anwesend sein) be about or around; (im Haus, zu Hause sein) be in; (zu sprechen sein) be available; (angekommen, eingetroffen sein) have arrived; (fig.) < case> have occurred; < moment> have arrived; < situation> have arisen

    dafür od. dazu ist es ja da! — (coll.) that's what it's [there] for!

    ganz od. voll da sein — (klar bei Bewusstsein sein) be completely with it

    2.
    Konjunktion (weil) as; since
    * * *
    da
    A. adv
    1. (dort) there;
    hier und da here and there;
    da, wo where;
    da vorn(e)/hinten there at the front/back;
    da oben/unten up/down there;
    hinaus out there;
    hinein in there;
    hinüber over there, US yonder umg;
    gleich sind wir da we’re nearly there, we’ll be there soon;
    wer da? who goes there?;
    ist da jemand? is there anybody there?;
    da und da umg, wenn einem etwas nicht einfällt: what’s-its-name, thingummy, thingamajig;
    he du da! umg hey you (over there)!;
    das da umg that one;
    der/die da umg that man/woman over there;
    der/die da war’s umg it was him/her
    2. (hier) here;
    da und dort here and there;
    dies(es) da this one;
    da bin ich here I am;
    da kommt sie here she comes;
    da, nimm schon! umg here (you go), take it!;
    da (hast du’s)! umg there you are (auch fig);
    da haben wir’s umg (ich hab’s gefunden) there it is, got it; (das ist geschafft) done it; (jetzt ist es passiert) that had to (go and) happen, didn’t it?;
    ich bin gleich wieder da I’ll be back in a minute;
    wenn Sie schon da sind while you’re here;
    ist noch Brot da? is there any bread left?;
    es ist keine Milch mehr da we’ve run ( oder we’re) out of milk;
    jetzt ist er wieder da fig (bei Bewusstsein) he’s come (a)round again;
    (wieder) voll da sein umg, fig be (back) in top form
    3.
    da sein (existieren) be there; (noch leben) still be alive;
    zu Zweck: be there for;
    noch nie da gewesen unheard-of, unprecedented;
    so etwas ist noch nie da gewesen that’s never happened before;
    dazu da, dass man es ausgibt money is there to be spent;
    er ist nur für sie da he’s only got time for her; weitS. he lives for her;
    ich bin immer für dich da I’ll always be around when you need me
    4. umg; in Ausrufen:
    sieh da! well just look at that!; iron lo and behold!;
    … und siehe da, auf einmal klappt es! surprise surprise, all of a sudden it works!;
    nichts da! forget it!; heda
    wären for instance, such as;
    als er sie sah, da lachte er when he saw her he laughed;
    es gibt Leute, die da glauben there are people who believe;
    was da kommen mag whatever happens
    6. zeitlich: (dann, damals) then, at that time;
    da erst only then;
    von da an from then on, since then;
    hier und da now and then;
    da gab es noch keinen Strom there was no electricity in those days;
    da war sie plötzlich weg then suddenly ( oder all of a sudden) she was gone
    7. (in diesem Fall) there, in that case, under the circumstances;
    was lässt sich da machen? what can be done about it?;
    da irren Sie sich you’re mistaken there;
    da wäre ich (doch) dumm I would be stupid to do so;
    da fragst du noch? do you really need to ask?;
    da fragt man sich wirklich(, warum) it really makes you wonder (why);
    da kann man nichts machen what can you do about it?, there’s not much you can do about it
    8. umg; (aus diesem Grund) therefore, so;
    er ist sehr reich, da kann er sich das leisten he’s very ( oder really) rich, so he can afford it
    9. umg; einleitend:
    da fällt mir etwas ein it’s just occurred to me, the thought strikes me;
    da soll es jetzt ein neues Mittel geben, das … supposedly there’s a new medicine which …;
    wie geht das? -
    da musst du erst einmal … first you have to …;
    wo ist das? -
    da gehst du erst geradeaus, dann … go straight ahead first ( oder to begin with), then …
    10.
    da … bei, für, nach etc nordd dabei, dafür, danach etc
    B. konj
    1. (weil) (seeing) as, since, because;
    jedoch but since;
    since …, however
    nun schon einmal hier ist, … seeing as she’s here, …,
    da dem so ist since that’s the case, in that case,
    da ich keine Nachricht erhalten hatte, ging ich weg not having received any news, I left
    2. zeitlich (nachdem, wo) after;
    jetzt, da es entschieden war now that it has been decided; geh (als) as, when, while;
    nun, da es … now, when it …;
    in dem Augenblick, da er … the moment he …
    * * *
    1.
    1) (dort) there

    da draußen/drüben/unten — out/over/down there

    da hinten/vorn[e] — [there] at the back/front

    he, Sie da! — hey, you there!

    der Kerl da — that fellow [over there]

    halt, wer da? — (Milit.) halt, who goes there?

    da bist du ja! — there you are [at last]!

    da, ein Reh! — look, [there's] a deer!

    da, wo die Straße nach X abzweigt — where the road to X turns off; at the turning for X

    da und dort — here and there; (manchmal) now and again or then

    2) (hier) here

    da, nimm schon! — here [you are], take it!; s. auch dahaben

    3) (zeitlich) then; (in dem Augenblick) at that moment

    in meiner Jugend, da war alles besser — back in my young days, everything was better [then]

    der Zug war schon weg, da habe ich den Bus genommen — the train had already gone, so I took the bus

    5) (ugs.): (in diesem Fall)

    da kann ich [ja] nur lachen! — that's plain ridiculous!

    6) (altertümelnd): (nach Relativpronomen; wird nicht übersetzt)

    ..., der da sagt —..., who says

    7) (hervorhebend; wird meist nicht übersetzt)

    ich habe da einen Kollegen, der... — I have a colleague who...

    da fällt mir noch was ein — [oh yes] another thought strikes me

    8)

    da sein (existieren) exist; (übrig sein) be left; (anwesend sein) be about or around; (im Haus, zu Hause sein) be in; (zu sprechen sein) be available; (angekommen, eingetroffen sein) have arrived; (fig.) < case> have occurred; < moment> have arrived; < situation> have arisen

    dafür od. dazu ist es ja da! — (coll.) that's what it's [there] for!

    ganz od. voll da sein — (klar bei Bewusstsein sein) be completely with it

    2.
    Konjunktion (weil) as; since
    * * *
    adv.
    as adv.
    here adv.
    there adv.
    yet adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > da

  • 69 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in locoá, í, við, and ad locumá, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in locoá, or in locum til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion ofamong; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 70 sisto

    sisto, stĭti (Charis. p. 220, and Diom. p. 369, give steti for both sisto and sto, confining stiti to the compounds of both. But steti, as perfect of sisto, is late jurid. Lat., and perh. dub.;

    for steterant,

    Verg. A. 3, 110;

    steterint,

    id. ib. 3, 403; Liv. 8, 32, 12, belong to stare; cf. also Gell. 2, 14, 1 sqq.; and v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 461 sq.), stătum [root stă, strengthened by reduplication; cf. histêmi], used in two general senses, I. To cause to stand, place, = colloco, pono; II. To stand, be placed, = sto.
    I.
    Sistere, in gen., = collocare (in class. prose only in the partic. uses, v. A. 4. C. and D., infra).
    A.
    Causative, with acc.
    1.
    To place = facere ut stet; constr. with in and abl., with abl. alone, and with ad, super, etc., and acc.:

    O qui me gelidis in vallibus Haemi Sistat,

    Verg. G. 2, 489:

    tertia lux classem Cretaeis sistet in oris,

    id. A. 3, 117 (classis stat;

    v. sto): inque tuo celerem litore siste gradum,

    Ov. H. 13, 102 (cf. infra, III. 2. A.):

    jaculum clamanti (al. clamantis) sistit in ore,

    plants the dart in his face, Verg. A. 10, 323:

    disponit quas in fronte manus, medio quas robore sistat,

    Stat. Th. 7, 393:

    (equum ligneum) sacratā sistimus arā,

    Verg. A. 2, 245:

    aeternis potius me pruinis siste,

    Stat. Th. 4, 395: ut stata (est) lux pelago, as soon as light was set ( shone) on the sea, id. ib. 5, 476:

    victima Sistitur ante aras,

    Ov. M. 15, 132:

    quam (suem) Aeneas ubi... sistit ad aram,

    Verg. A. 8, 85:

    post haec Sistitur crater,

    Ov. M. 8, 669: vestigia in altero (monte) sisti (non posse), that no footprints can be placed ( made) on the other mountain, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211:

    cohortes expeditas super caput hostium sistit,

    Tac. H. 3, 77; cf. id. A. 12, 13; Stat. Th. 4, 445; Sil. 4, 612. —
    2.
    To place, as the result of guidance or conveyance; hence, to convey, to send, lead, take, conduct to, = facere ut veniat; constr. with in and abl., with abl. alone, and with advv. of place: officio meo ripā sistetur in illā Haec, will be carried by me to, etc., Ov. M. 9, 109:

    terrā sistēre petitā,

    id. ib. 3, 635:

    (vos) facili jam tramite sistam,

    Verg. A. 6, 676:

    ut eum in Syriā aut Aegypto sisterent orabat,

    to convey him to, Tac. H. 2, 9.—So with hic (= in with abl.) or huc (= in with acc.):

    hic siste patrem,

    Sen. Phoen. 121:

    Annam huc siste sororem,

    Verg. A. 4, 634.—
    3.
    To place an army in order of battle, draw up, = instruere:

    aciem in litore sistit,

    Verg. A. 10, 309; cf.:

    sistere tertiam decimam legionem in ipso aggere jubet,

    Tac. H. 3, 21.—
    4.
    Se sistere = to betake one's self, to present one's self, to come (so twice in Cicero's letters):

    des operam, id quod mihi affirmasti, ut te ante Kal. Jan., ubicumque erimus, sistas,

    Cic. Att. 3, 25:

    te vegetum nobis in Graeciā sistas,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 6 (cf. infra, E.):

    hic dea se primum rapido pulcherrima nisu Sistit,

    Verg. A. 11, 853.—
    5.
    With two acc. (cf.: praesto, reddo) = to cause to be in a certain condition, to place, etc.; often with dat. of interest (ante- and post-class., and poet.; cf.

    supra, 4.): ego vos salvos sistam,

    I will place you in safety, see you to a safe place, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 5:

    omnia salva sistentur tibi,

    all will be returned to you in good order, id. ib. 5, 3, 3; so,

    suam rem sibi salvam sistam,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 123; cf.:

    rectius tacitas tibi res sistam, quam quod dictum est mutae mulieri,

    will keep your secrets, id. ib. 4, 2, 54:

    neque (dotem) incolumem sistere illi, et detraxe autument,

    that you deliver it entire to her, id. Trin. 3, 3, 15:

    cum te reducem aetas prospera sistet,

    Cat. 64, 238: tu modo servitio vacuum me siste (= praesta) superbo, set me free from, Prop. 4, 16 (3, 17), 42:

    tutum patrio te limine sistam,

    will see you safe home, Verg. A. 2, 620:

    praedā onustos triumphantesque mecum domos reduces sistatis,

    Liv. 29, 27, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    Pelasgis siste levem campum,

    Stat. Th. 8, 328:

    modo se isdem in terris victorem sisterent,

    Tac. A. 2, 14:

    operā tuā sistas hunc nobis sanum atque validum,

    give him back to us, safe and sound, Gell. 18, 10, 7: ita mihi salvam ac sospitem rempublicam sistere in suā sede liceat, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 28.—
    b.
    Neutr, with double nom., = exsistere, to be, to become: judex extremae sistet vitaeque necisque, he will become a judge, etc., Manil. 4, 548 (dub.):

    tempora quod sistant propriis parentia signis,

    id. 3, 529 (dub.; al. sic stant; cf. infra, II.).—
    B.
    As neuter verb, to stand, rest, be placed, lie ( poet.);

    constr. like sto: ne quis mihi obstiterit obviam, nam qui obstiterit, ore sistet,

    will lie on his face, Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 13 Brix ad loc.: (nemo sit) tantā gloriā... quin cadat, quin capite sistat, will be placed or stand on his head, id. Curc. 2, 3, 8:

    ibi crebro, credo, capite sistebant cadi,

    id. Mil. 3, 2, 36 Lorenz (Brix, hoc illi crebro capite):

    ipsum si quicquam posse in se sistere credis,

    to rest upon itself, Lucr. 1, 1057:

    neque posse in terrā sistere terram,

    nor can the earth rest upon itself, id. 2, 603:

    at conlectus aquae... qui lapides inter sistit per strata viarum,

    id. 4, 415:

    incerti quo fata ferant, ubi sistere detur,

    to rest, to stay, Verg. A. 3, 7; cf.:

    quaesitisque diu terris, ubi sistere detur,

    Ov. M. 1, 307. —
    C.
    As jurid. term.
    1.
    In both a causative and neuter sense = to produce in court, or to appear in court after being bound over by the judge or by promise to the adversary (vadimonium); constr. either absol. or with the dat. of the adversary to whom the promise is made (alicui sisti), to appear upon somebody's demand; also, in judicio sisti. The present active is either used reflexively (se sistere = to appear), or with a transitive object (sistere aliquem = to produce in court one in whose behalf the promise has been made). The present passive, sisti, sistendus, sistitur, = to appear or to be produced. The perfect act., stiti, stitisse, rarely the perfect passive, status sum, = to have appeared, I appeared. So in all periods of the language:

    cum autem in jus vocatus fuerit adversarius, ni eo die finitum fuerit negotium, vadimonium ei faciendum est, id est ut promittat se certo die sisti,

    Gai. 4, 184:

    fit ut Alfenus promittat, Naevio sisti Quinctium,

    that Quinctius would be forthcoming upon Naevius's complaint, Cic. Quint. 21, 67; cf. id. ib. 8, 30 (v. infra, B.):

    testificatur, P. Quinctium non stitisse, et se stitisse,

    id. ib. 6, 25:

    quin puellam sistendam promittat (= fore ut puella sistatur in judicio),

    Liv. 3, 45, 3:

    interrogavit quisquam, in quem diem locumque vadimonium promitti juberet, et Scipio manum ad ipsam oppidi, quod obsidebatur, arcem protendens: Perendie sese sistant illo in loco,

    Gell. 7, 1, 10:

    si quis quendam in judicio sisti promiserit, in eādem causā eum debet sistere,

    Dig. 2, 11, 11:

    si servum in eādem causā sistere promiserit, et liber factus sistatur,... non recte sistitur,

    ib. 2, 9, 5:

    sed si statu liberum sisti promissum sit, in eādem causā sisti videtur, quamvis liber sistatur,

    ib. 2, 9, 6:

    cum quis in judicio sisti promiserit, neque adjecerit poenam si status non esset,

    ib. 2, 6, 4:

    si quis in judicio secundum suam promissionem non stitit,

    ib. 2, 11, 2, § 1; cf. ib. 2, 5, 1; 2, 8, 2; 2, 11, 2, § 3.—
    2.
    Vadimonium sistere, to present one's self in court, thus keeping the solemn engagement (vadimonium) made to that effect; lit., to make the vadimonium stand, i. e. effective, opp. deserere vadimonium = not to appear, to forfeit the vadimonium. The phrase does not occur in the jurists of the Pandects, the institution of the vadimonium being abolished by Marcus Aurelius. It is found in the following three places only: quid si vadimonium capite obvoluto stitisses? Cat. ap. Gell. 2, 14, 1: ut Quinctium sisti Alfenus promitteret. Venit Romam Quinctius;

    vadimonium sistit,

    Cic. Quint. 8, 30:

    ut nullum illa stiterit vadimonium sine Attico,

    Nep. Att. 9; Gai. 4, 185; cf. diem sistere under status, P. a. infra.—
    D.
    Transf., out of judicial usage, in gen., = to appear or present one's self, quasi ex vadimonio; constr. absol. or with dat. of the person entitled to demand the appearance:

    ubi tu es qui me vadatus's Veneriis vadimoniis? Sisto ego tibi me, et mihi contra itidem ted ut sistas suadeo (of a lover's appointment),

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 5; so,

    tibi amatorem illum alacrem vadimonio sistam,

    produce, App. M. 9, p. 227, 14:

    nam promisimus carnufici aut talentum magnum, aut hunc hodie sistere,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 73:

    vas factus est alter ejus sistendi, ut si ille non revertisset, moriendum esset sibi,

    Cic. Off. 3, 10, 45. —
    E.
    Fana sistere, acc. to Festus anciently used, either = to place ( secure and fix places for) temples in founding a city, or to place the couches in the lectisternia:

    sistere fana, cum in urbe condendā dicitur, significat loca in oppido futurorum fanorum constituere: quamquam Antistius Labeo, in commentario XV. juris pontificii ait fana sistere esse lectisternia certis locis et diebus habere,

    Fest. p. 267 Lind. To this usage Plaut. perh. alludes:

    apud illas aedis sistendae mihi sunt sycophantiae,

    the place about that house I must make the scene of my tricks, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 25.—
    F.
    Sistere monumenta, etc., or sistere alone, to erect statues, etc. (= statuere; post-class. and rare;

    mostly in Tac.): ut apud Palatium effigies eorum sisteret,

    Tac. A. 15, 72:

    cum Augustus sibi templum sisti non prohibuisset,

    id. ib. 4 37:

    at Romae tropaea de Parthis arcusque sistebantur,

    id. ib. 15, 18:

    monuere ut... templum iisdem vestigiis sisteretur,

    id. H. 4, 53:

    sistere monumenta,

    Aus. Ep. 24, 55: Ast ego te... Carthaginis arce Marmoreis sistam templis (cf. histanai tina), Sil. 8, 231; v. statuo.
    II.
    Sistere = to cause what is tottering or loose to stand firm, to support or fasten; and neutr., to stand firm.
    A.
    Causative (rare;

    perh. not in class. prose) = stabilire: sucus... mobilis (dentes) sistit,

    Plin. 20, 3, 8, § 15; and trop.: hic (Marcellus) rem Romanam magno turbante tumultu Sistet (cf.: respublica stat;

    v. sto),

    Verg. A. 6, 858; cf.:

    non ita civitatem aegram esse, ut consuetis remediis sisti posset,

    Liv. 3, 20, 8 (where sisti may be impers.; v. infra, III. C.).—
    B.
    Neutr., to stand firm, to last, = stare:

    nec mortale genus, nec divum corpora sancta Exiguom possent horai sistere tempus,

    Lucr. 1, 1016: qui rem publicam sistere negat posse, nisi ad equestrem ordinem judicia referantur, Cotta ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 96, § 223.—
    2.
    Neutr., to stand firm, to resist:

    nec quicquam Teucros Sustentare valet telis, aut sistere contra,

    Verg. A. 11, 873; so with dat. = resistere:

    donec Galba, inruenti turbae neque aetate neque corpore sistens, sella levaretur,

    Tac. H. 1, 35; cf. sisti = resistere, III. B. 1. f. infra.
    III.
    Sistere = to stand still, and to cause to stand still.
    A.
    Neutr. = stare (rare; in Varr., Tac., and the poets).
    a.
    To stand still:

    solstitium dictum est quod sol eo die sistere videatur,

    Varr. L. L. 5, p. 53 (Bip.):

    sistunt amnes,

    Verg. G. 1, 479:

    incurrit, errat, sistit,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 248.—
    b.
    To remain, stop:

    Siste! Quo praeceps ruis?

    Sen. Thyest. 77; id. Oedip. 1050:

    vis tu quidem istum intra locum sistere?

    will you remain in that position? Tac. A. 4, 40.—
    c.
    Trop., to stop, not to go any farther:

    depunge, ubi sistam,

    Pers. 6, 79:

    nec in Hectore tracto sistere,

    to stop at the dragging of Hector, Stat. Achill. 1, 7.—
    d.
    To cease (dub.):

    hactenus sistat nefas' pius est,

    if his crime ceases here, he will be pious, Sen. Thyest. 744 (perh. act., to stop, end).—
    B.
    Causative (not ante-Aug.; freq. in Tac., Plin., and the poets).
    1.
    To arrest, stop, check an advancing motion.
    a.
    With gradum:

    plano sistit uterque gradum,

    arrest their steps, Prop. 5 (4), 10, 36; Verg. A. 6, 465:

    siste properantem gradum,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 772:

    repente sistunt gradum,

    Curt. 4, 6, 14. —With pedem, Ov. R. Am. 80.—
    b.
    With fugam, to stop, stay, check, stem, arrest the flight:

    fugam foedam siste,

    Liv. 1, 12, 5:

    si periculo suo fugam sistere posset,

    id. 30, 12, 1; so Curt. 8, 14, 37; 4, 16, 2; 8, 3, 2; Tac. A. 12, 39.—
    c.
    Of vehicles, horses, etc.:

    esseda siste,

    Prop. 2, 1, 76:

    equos,

    Verg. A. 12, 355:

    quadrijugos,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 429; so id. Th. 5, 364.—
    d.
    With iter, to arrest the advance of an army, to halt:

    exercitus iter sistit,

    Tac. H. 3, 50.—
    e.
    With bellum, to halt (cf. infra, D.):

    Aquilejae sisti bellum expectarique Mucianum jubebat,

    Tac. H. 3, [p. 1712] 8.—
    f.
    Of living objects, in gen.
    (α).
    To arrest their course, make them halt:

    aegre coercitam legionem Bedriaci sistit,

    Tac. H. 2, 23:

    festinantia sistens Fata,

    staying the hurrying Fates, Stat. S. 3, 4, 24.—So, se sistere with ab, to desist from:

    non prius se ab effuso cursu sistunt,

    Liv. 6, 29, 3; hence, to arrest by wounding, i. e. to wound or kill:

    aliquem cuspide,

    Sil. 1, 382; 1, 163; so,

    cervum vulnere sistere,

    id. 2, 78.—
    (β).
    To stop a hostile attack of persons, to resist them, ward them off:

    ut non sisterent modo Sabinas legiones, sed in fugam averterent,

    Liv. 1, 37, 3:

    ibi integrae vires sistunt invehentem se jam Samnitem,

    id. 10, 14, 18:

    nec sisti vis hostium poterat,

    Curt. 5, 3, 11:

    nec sisti poterant scandentes,

    Tac. H. 3, 71; 5, 21. —
    g.
    Trop., to stop the advance of prices:

    pretia augeri in dies, nec mediocribus remediis sisti posse,

    Tac. A. 3, 52.—
    2. a.
    Of water:

    sistere aquam fluviis,

    Verg. A. 4, 489:

    amnis, siste parumper aquas,

    Ov. Am. 3, 6, 2:

    quae concita flumina sistunt,

    id. M. 7, 154:

    sistito infestum mare,

    calm, Sen. Agam. 523; cf. Ov. M. 7, 200; id. H. 6, 87; Plin. 28, 8, 29, § 118.—
    b.
    Of blood and secretions:

    (ea) quibus sistitur sanguis parari jubet,

    Tac. A. 15, 54:

    sanguinem,

    Plin. 20, 7, 25, § 59; 28, 18, 73, § 239; 27, 4, 5, § 18:

    haemorrhoidum abundantiam,

    id. 27, 4, 5, § 19:

    fluctiones,

    id. 20, 8, 27, § 71, 34, 10, 23, § 105; 35, 17, 57, § 195:

    nomas,

    id. 30, 13, 39, § 116; 24, 16, 94, § 151:

    mensis,

    id. 23, 6, 60, § 112:

    vomitiones,

    id. 20, 20, 81, § 213:

    alvum bubus,

    id. 18, 16, 42, § 143:

    alvum,

    stop the bowels, id. 23, 6, 60, § 113; 22, 25, 59, § 126; 20, 5, 18, § 37:

    ventrem,

    id. 20, 23, 96, § 256; Mart. 13, 116.—
    3.
    To arrest the motion of life, make rigid:

    ille oculos sistit,

    Stat. Th. 2, 539.—
    4.
    To end, put an end to (= finem facere alicui rei); pass., to cease:

    querelas,

    Ov. M. 7, 711:

    fletus,

    id. ib. 14, 835:

    lacrimas,

    id. F. 1, 367; 480; 6, 154:

    minas,

    id. Tr. 1, 2, 60:

    opus,

    id. H. 16 (17), 266; id. M. 3, 153:

    labores,

    id. ib. 5, 490:

    furorem,

    Stat. Th. 5, 663:

    furialem impetum,

    Sen. Med. 157; id. Agam. 203:

    pace tamen sisti bellum placet,

    Ov. M. 14, 803:

    antequam summa dies spectacula sistat,

    id. F. 4, 387:

    sitim sistere,

    to allay, id. P. 3, 1, 18:

    nec primo in limine sistit conatus scelerum,

    suppresses, Stat. S. 5, 2, 86:

    ruinas,

    to stop destruction, Plin. Pan. 50, 4:

    ventum,

    to ward off, turn the wind, id. Ep. 2, 17, 17;

    (motus terrae) non ante quadraginta dies sistuntur, = desinunt,

    Plin. 2, 82, 84, § 198.—
    5.
    Sistere with intra = to confine, keep within:

    transgresso jam Alpes Caecina, quem sisti intra Gallias posse speraverant,

    Tac. H. 2, 11:

    dum populatio lucem intra sisteretur,

    provided the raids were confined to day-time, id. A. 4, 48. —
    C.
    Impers. and trop., to arrest or avoid an impending misfortune, or to stand, i. e. to endure; generally in the form sisti non potest (more rarely: sisti potest) = it cannot be endured, a disaster cannot be avoided or met (once in Plaut.; freq. in Liv.; sometimes in Tac.; cf., in gen., Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 720; Drak. ad Liv. 3, 16, 4; Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 29, 8; Gronov. ad Liv. 4, 12, 6; Beneke ad Just. 11, 1, 6).
    1.
    Without a subject, res or a noun of general import being understood:

    quid ego nunc agam, nisi ut clipeum ad dorsum accommodem, etc.? Non sisti potest,

    it is intolerable, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 94:

    totam plebem aere alieno demersam esse, nec sisti posse nisi omnibus consulatur,

    Liv. 2, 29, 8:

    si domestica seditio adiciatur, sisti non posse,

    the situation will be desperate, id. 45, 19, 3:

    si quem similem priore anno dedissent, non potuisse sisti,

    id. 3, 9, 8:

    vixque concordiā sisti videbatur,

    that the crisis could scarcely be met, even by harmonious action, id. 3, 16, 4:

    qualicunque urbis statu, manente disciplinā militari sisti potuisse,

    these evils were endurable, id. 2, 44, 10: exercitum gravi morbo affectari, nec sisti potuisse ni, etc., it would have ended in disaster, if not, etc., id. 29, 10, 1:

    qui omnes populi si pariter deficiant, sisti nullo modo posse,

    Just. 11, 1, 6 Gronov. ad loc.; cf. Liv. 3, 20, 8 supra, II. A. 1.— Rarely with a subject-clause understood: nec jam sisti poterat, and it was no longer tolerable, i. e. that Nero should disgrace himself, etc., Tac. A. 14, 14.—
    2.
    Rarely with quin, to prevent etc. (pregn., implying also the stopping of something; cf.

    supra, III. B. 1.): neque sisti potuit quin et palatium et domus et cuncta circum haurirentur (igni),

    Tac. A. 15, 39.—Hence, stătus, a, um, P. a., as attribute of nouns, occurs in several conventional phrases, as relics of archaic usage.
    A.
    Status (condictusve) dies cum hoste, in the XII. Tables, = a day of trial fixed by the judge or agreed upon with the adversary;

    esp., a peregrinus (= hostis),

    Cic. Off. 1, 12, 37. It presupposes a phrase, diem sistere, prob.=vadimonium sistere (v. supra, I. C. 2.). Such an appointment was an excuse from the most important public duties, even for soldiers from joining the army, Cinc. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4.—

    Hence, transf.: si status condictus cum hoste intercedit dies, tamen est eundum quo imperant,

    i. e. under all circumstances we must go, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 5.—
    B.
    In certain phrases, appointed, fixed, regular (cf. statutus, with which it is often confounded in MSS.):

    status dies: tres in anno statos dies habere quibus, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 13, 8:

    stato loco statisque diebus,

    id. 42, 32, 2; so id. 5, 52, 2; 27, 23 fin.:

    stato lustri die,

    Sen. Troad. 781:

    status sacrificii dies,

    Flor. 1, 3, 16:

    statum tempus, statā vice, etc.: lunae defectio statis temporibus fit,

    Liv. 44, 37 init.; so id. 28, 6, 10:

    stato tempore,

    Tac. A. 12, 13; id. H. 4, 81; Plin. 11, 37, 65, § 173:

    stata tempora (partus),

    Stat. Achill. 2, 673:

    adeo in illā plagā mundus statas vices temporum mutat,

    Curt. 8, 19, 13; so id. 9, 9, 9; 5, 1, 23; so, feriae, etc.: feriae statae appellabantur quod certo statutoque die observarentur, Paul. ex Fest. p. 69 Lind.:

    stata quinquennia,

    Stat. S. 5, 3, 113:

    stata sacra or sacrificia: stata sacrificia sunt quae certis diebus fieri debent,

    Fest. p. 264 Lind.:

    proficiscuntur Aeniam ad statum sacrificium,

    Liv. 40, 4, 9; 23, 35, 3; 5, 46, 2; 39, 13, 8; Cic. Mil. 17, 45:

    solemne et statum sacrificium (al. statutum),

    id. Tusc. 1, 47, 113; so Liv. 23, 35, 3:

    stata sacra,

    Ov. F. 2, 528; Stat. Th. 1, 666:

    stata foedera,

    id. ib. 11, 380:

    status flatus,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 28:

    stati cursus siderum,

    Plin. 18, 29, 69, § 291 (different: statae stellae = fixed stars, Censor. D. N. 8, belonging to II. 2. supra): statae febres, intermittent fevers, returning regularly, Plin. 28, 27, 28, § 107.—
    C.
    Moderate, average, normal:

    inter enim pulcherrimam feminam et deformissimam media forma quaedam est, quae et a nimio pulcritudinis periculo et a summo deformitatis odio vacat, qualis a Q. Ennio perquam eleganti vocabulo stata dicitur...Ennius autem eas fere feminas ait incolumi pudicitia esse quae statā formā forent,

    Gell. 5, 11, 12 -14 (v. Enn. Trag. p. 133 Vahl.).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sisto

  • 71 ὅτι

    ὅτῐ, [dialect] Ep. [full] ὅττῐ (both in Hom.): Conj., to introduce an objective clause,
    A that, after Verbs of seeing or knowing, thinking or saying; in Hom. freq. strengthd. ὅτι ῥα, and ὅτι δή:—Usage:
    I when ὅτι introduces a statement of fact:
    a in Hom. always with ind., the tense following the same rules as in English,

    ἤγγειλ' ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι μίμνε πυλάων Il.22.439

    .
    b in [dialect] Att., ὅτι takes ind. after primary tenses, ind. or opt. after secondary tenses, e.g.

    ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός Pl.Ap. 23b

    ;

    ᾔσθετο ὅτι τὸ Μένωνος στράτευμα ἤδη ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ἦν X.An.1.2.21

    , cf. 2.2.15, al.;

    ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθῶς αἱ σπονδαὶ γένοιντο Th.5.61

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 59e, etc.;

    ἠπείλησ' ὅτι.. βαδιοίμην Ar.Pl. 88

    : the ind. is freq. retained in the same tense which the speaker used or would have used, ἠγγέλθη.. ὅτι Μέγαρα ἀφέστηκε news came that Megara had (lit. has) revolted, Th.1.114; ἀποκρινάμενοι ὅτι πέμψουσι ib.90: sts. opt. and ind. are found in the same sentence,

    ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, Ἀριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς.. εἴη X.An. 2.1.3

    ;

    Περικλῆς.. προηγόρευε.. ὅτι Ἀρχίδαμος μέν οἱ ξένος εἴη.., τοὺς δ' ἀγροὺς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ οἰκίας.., ἀφίησιν αὐτὰ δημόσια εἶναι Th. 2.13

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 61b, etc.: also ὅτι .. and the acc. with inf. are found together, Th.3.25, X.Cyr.1.3.13.
    2 when ὅτι introduces a conditional sentence, the Constr. after ὅτι is the same as in independent conditional sentences, εἴ τις ἔροιτο, καθ' ὁποίους νόμους δεῖ πολιτεύεσθαι, δῆλον ὅτι ἀποκρίναισθ' ἄν .. it is manifest that you would answer.., D.46.12, cf. X.Mem.1.6.12.
    II ὅτι is freq. inserted pleon. in introducing a quotation (where we use no Conj. and put inverted commas), λόγον τόνδε ἐκφαίνει ὁ Πρωτεύς, λέγων ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰ μὴ περὶ πολλοῦ ἡγεύμην .. Hdt.2.115; καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον, ὅ. ἡ αὐτή μοι ἀρχή ἐστι .. Pl.Prt. 318a, cf. 356a, 361a, etc.; even where the quotation consists of one word, ib. 330c, Men. 74b, 74c.
    2 . is also used pleon. with the inf. and acc. (cf.

    ὡς B.

    I.I), εἶπον ὅτι πρῶτον ἐμὲ χρῆναι πειραθῆναι κατ' ἐμαυτόν (which is in fact a mixture of two constrr.) Id.Lg. 892d, cf. Phd.63c, X.HG2.2.2, etc.; but ὅτι has freq. been wrongly inserted by the copyists, as if εἶπεν or λέγουσιν must be followed by it, as in Th.4.37 (om. Pap.), X.Cyr.5.4.1, etc.
    III ὅτι in [dialect] Att. freq. represents a whole sentence, esp. in affirm. answers, οὐκοῦν.. τὸ ἀδικεῖν κάκιον ἂν εἴη τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι. Answ. δῆλον δὴ ὅτι (i.e. ὅτι κάκιον ἂν εἴη, or ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει) Pl.Grg. 475c; cf. οἶδ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, S.Ant. 276, 758, Pl.Grg. 486a, etc.: hence arose the practice of using δηλονότι (q.v.) as Adv.
    2 what we make the subject of the Verb which follows ὅτι freq. stands in the preceding clause, Αυκάονας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι.. καρποῦνται (for εἴδομεν, ὅτι Λυκάονες καρποῦνται) X.An.3.2.23, cf. 3.2.29, etc.
    IV ὅτι sts.= with regard to the fact that,

    ὅτι.. οὔ φησι.. ὄνομα εἶναι, ὑποπτεύω αὐτὸν σκώπτειν Pl.Cra. 384c

    , cf. Prt. 330e, etc.
    V οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλὰ or

    ἀλλὰ καὶ.., οὐχ ὅ. ὁ Κρίτων ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἦν, ἀλλὰ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ

    not only

    Crito

    .., but his friends, X.Mem.2.9.8; more fully,

    οὐ μόνον ὅ. ἄνδρες, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες Pl.Smp. 179b

    : so folld. by ἀλλ' οὐδὲ.., ταύτῃ ἀδύνατα ἐξισοῦσθαι οὐχ ὅ. τὰ ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ not only the powers in Europe, but.., Th.2.97: οὐχ ὅ., not folld. by a second clause, means although,

    οὐχ ὅ. παίζει καί φησι Pl.Prt. 336d

    , cf. Grg. 450e, Tht. 157b; cf.

    ὅπως A.

    II. 2.
    B as a causal Particle, for that, because, generally after Verbs of feeling, Il.1.56, 14.407, al.;

    οὐδὲν ἐκπλαγείς, ὅτι.. εἶδες Jul.Or.1.31a

    : but without such a Verb,

    ὃν περὶ πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, ὅτι οἱ φρεσὶν ἄρτια ᾔδη Il.5.326

    , cf. 9.76, al.;

    μάλιστα δ' αὐτοὺς ἐπεκαλέσαντο ὅτι τειχομαχεῖν ἐδόκουν δυνατοὶ εἶναι Th.1.102

    , cf. And.1.75, Aeschin.3.231; so

    ὅτιπερ Th.4.14

    .
    b folld. by τί, ὅτι τί; why? (lit. because why?) D.23.214; ὅτι τί δή; Ar.Pl. 136, Luc.Dem.Enc.22; ὅτι δὴ τί μάλιστα; Pl.R. 343a; ὅτι δὴ τί γε; Id.Chrm. 161c; cf. ὁτιή.
    2 seeing that, in giving the reason for saying what is said, γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα.. ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής as is proved by the fact that.., Il.16.35, cf. 21.488, Od.22.36. [The last syll. is never elided in [dialect] Att., prob. to avoid confusion with ὅτε: in Hom. ὅτ' ([etym.] ὅ τ') prob. always represents ὅτε ([etym.] ὅ τε): there are no examples of ὅττ': hiatus after ὅτι is permitted in Com., Ar.Lys. 611, Ach. 516.]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅτι

  • 72 ipse

    ipse ( ipsus, Cato, R. R. 70; 71; Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 43; id. Trin. 2, 2, 40; 3, 1, 10 et saep.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 15; id. Eun. 3, 4, 8, id. Hec. 3, 5, 5; Jusjur. Milit. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4 al.), a, um (ipsud, Gloss. Philox.); gen. ipsīus ( poet. also ipsĭus, Cat. 64, 43; Verg. A. 1, 114; 2, 772 al.; and dissyl. Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 15; id. Phorm. 4, 5, 13: ipsi, Afran. ap. Prisc. 694); dat. ipsi (ipso, App. M. 10, p. 243, 24); pron. demonstr. [is - pse for pte; cf. sua-pte and -pote in ut-pote; root in potis; Sanscr. patis, lord, master; hence, = he, the master, himself, etc.; cf. Pott. Etym. Forsch. 2, 866 sq.; Fick, Vergl. Wörterb. p. 116. Hence, in the original form, the pronoun is was declined, while the suffix was unchanged; thus eopte = eo ipso, Paul. ex Fest. p. 110:

    eapse = ea ipsa,

    id. p. 77; nom. sing. eapse, Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 4; id. Cist. 1, 2, 17; id. Rud. 2, 3, 80; 2, 5, 21 al.; acc. eumpse, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:

    eampse,

    Plaut. Aul. 5, 7; id. Cist. 1, 3, 22; id. Men. 5, 2, 22 al.; abl. eopse, Plaut. Curc, 4, 3, 6:

    eāpse,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 132; id. Curc. 4, 3, 2; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 197 sq.], = autos, self, in person, he (emphatic), himself, herself, itself, used both substantively and adjectively, to denote that person (thing) of which something is eminently or exclusively predicated.
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With substt. or pronn.
    1.
    Expressing eminence or distinction:

    ipse ille Gorgias... in illo ipso Platonis libro,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 32, 129:

    ille ipse Marcellus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 4:

    natura ipsa,

    id. Brut. 29, 112:

    dicet pro me ipsa virtus,

    id. Fin. 2, 20, 65:

    ipsa res publica,

    id. Fam. 3, 11, 3:

    neque enim ipse Caesar est alienus a nobis,

    id. ib. 6, 10, 2:

    ipse Moeris,

    Verg. E. 8, 96:

    rex ipse Aeneas,

    id. A. 1, 575:

    ipse aries,

    id. E. 3, 95:

    ductores ipsi,

    id. A. 1, 189:

    si in ipsa arce habitarem,

    Liv. 2, 7, 10;

    esp. freq. with names of gods, etc.: naturas quas Juppiter ipse Addidit,

    Verg. G. 4, 149; id. A. 3, 222; Hor. C. 1, 16, 12:

    Pater ipse,

    Verg. G. 1, 121; Tib. 1, 4, 23:

    Venus ipsa,

    Hor. C. 2, 8, 13; Ov. H. 19, 159:

    ipse pater Pluton,

    Verg. A. 7, 327 et saep.—Prov.:

    audentes deus ipse juvat,

    Ov. M. 10, 586.—
    2.
    For emphasis or in contrast, very, just, precisely, self, in person:

    adest optime ipse frater,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 66:

    in orationibus hisce ipsis,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 16, 73:

    ea ipsa hora,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 4:

    nec carmina nobis Ipsa placent: ipsae rursus concedite silvae,

    Verg. E. 10, 63:

    tute ipse his rebus finem praescripsti,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 124:

    lepide ipsi hi sunt capti,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 91:

    ego enim ipse cum eodem isto non invitus erraverim,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ipse ille divinationis auctor,

    id. Div. 2, 28, 61:

    cariorem esse patriam quam nosmet ipsos,

    id. Fin. 3, 19, 64:

    eaque ipsa causa belli fuit,

    the very, the true cause, Liv. 1, 57, 1; esp. with is, in all persons and numbers:

    estne hic Philto? Is hercle'st ipsus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 31:

    cui tutor is fuerat ipse,

    Liv. 5, 33, 3:

    jam id ipsum absurdum, maximum malum neglegi,

    even, Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93 (Madv.); id. de Or. 2, 30, 132:

    tempus ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5:

    duum vir ad id ipsum creatus,

    id. 2, 42, 5:

    Tullius et eos ipsos et per eos multitudinem aliam deduxit,

    id. 2, 38, 1:

    eorum ipsorum facta (opp. loca in quibus, etc.),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2:

    nec vero clarorum virorum post mortem honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum animi efficerent,

    id. de Sen. 22, 80:

    ad eum ipsum honorem deferre,

    Liv. 3, 51, 3; so sometimes with an inf. or subst.-clause:

    ipsum dicere ineptum,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 112:

    quid juvat quod ante initum tribunatum veni, si ipsum, quod veni, nihil juvat?

    the mere fact, the fact alone, id. Att. 11, 9, 1:

    ipsum, quod habuisti,

    Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 12, 2:

    et ipsum, quod sum victus, ama,

    Luc. 8, 78.— Esp. in legal phrase: ipso jure, by the letter of the law, in legal strictness or precision, Gai Inst. 2, 198; 3, 181; 4, 106 sqq. et saep.—
    B.
    Alone, emphatically taking the place of an omitted person. or demonstr. pron.: Ar. Ubi is nunc est? He. Ubi ego minume atque ipsus se volt maxume, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 1, 10: Su. Is ipsusne's? Ch. Aio: Su. Ipsus es? id. Trin. 4, 2, 146:

    atque ipsis, ad quorum commodum pertinebat, durior inventus est Coelius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20, 4:

    quaeram ex ipsā,

    Cic. Cael. 14:

    tempus, quo ipse eos sustulisset, ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5:

    agrum dare immunem ipsi, qui accepisset, liberisque,

    id. 21, 45, 5; 9, 34, 18; 10, [p. 999] 6, 10:

    laeta et ipsis qui rem gessere expugnatio fuit,

    id. 28, 4, 1:

    a nobis exposita, ut ab ipsis, qui eam disciplinam probant,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 5, 13.—So freq. in Cic. before a rel.:

    ut de ipso, qui judicarit, judicium fieri videretur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 44, 82:

    ipsi omnia, quorum negotium est, ad nos deferunt,

    id. de Or. 1, 58, 250; 2, 14, 60; id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 13; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:

    nullis definitionibus utuntur, ipsique dicunt ea se modo probare, quibus natura tacita assentiatur,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40 Madv. —
    C.
    To make prominent one of two or more subjects of any predicate, he ( she, il), for his part, he too, also, as well.
    1.
    Ipse alone:

    litterae Metello Capuam adlatae sunt a Clodia, quae ipsa transiit,

    i. e. also, in person, Cic. Att. 9, 6, 3:

    Italiam ornare quam domum suam maluit: quamquam Italia ornata domus ipsa mihi videtur ornatior,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 76:

    tris ipse excitavit recitatores,

    he too, id. Clu. 51, 141:

    neque tanti timoris sum ut ipse deficiam,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 31, 8:

    Jugurtha, tametsi regem ficta locutum intellegebat, et ipse longe aliter animo agitabat,

    Sall. J. 11, 1:

    hoc Rhipeus, hoc ipse Dymas omnisque juventus Laeta facit,

    Verg. A. 2, 394.—
    2.
    With conjunctions.
    (α).
    With etiam (class.):

    ipse etiam Fufidius in numero fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 112: scribebat orationes quas alii dicerent: quamquam is etiam ipse scripsit eas, quibus pro se est usus, sed non sine Aelio;

    his enim scriptis etiam ipse interfui,

    id. ib. 56, 206 sq. —
    (β).
    With quoque:

    quippe quia plebs senatus consultum solvit, ipsi quoque solutum vultis,

    Liv. 3, 21, 4:

    consul, quia collegae decretum triumphum audivit, ipse quoque triumphi flagitator Romam rediit,

    id. 8, 12, 9:

    cum subito Sulpicius et Albinovanus objecissent catervas, ipse quoque (Sulla) jaculatus, etc.,

    Flor. 3, 21, 7.—
    (γ).
    With et (et ipse = kai autos, ipse etiam; rare in Cic.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 698): tamen et ipsi tuae familiae genere et nomine continebuntur,

    Cic. Caecin. 20, 58:

    deseret eos quos una scis esse, cum habeat praesertim et ipse cohortis triginta?

    id. Att. 8, 7, 1; id. de Or. 1, 46, 202:

    Cornelius dictatorem Aemilium dixit, et ipse ab eo magister equitum est dictus,

    Liv. 4, 31, 5:

    credo ego vos, socii, et ipsos cernere,

    id. 21, 21, 3:

    Cornelio minus copiarum datum, quia L. Manlius praetor et ipse cum praesidio in Galliam mittebatur,

    id. 21, 17, 7:

    qui et ipse crus fregerat,

    Suet. Aug. 43:

    Antoninus Commodus nihil paternum habuit, nisi quod contra Germanos feliciter et ipse pugnavit,

    Eutr. 8, 7:

    virtutes et ipsae taedium pariunt,

    Quint. 9, 4, 43. —
    (δ).
    With nec ( = ne ipse quidem):

    primis repulsis Maharbal cum majore robore virorum missus nec ipse eruptionem cohortium sustinuit,

    Liv. 23, 18, 4:

    nihil moveri viderunt, nec ipsi quicquam mutarunt,

    id. 37, 20, 8:

    neque ipsi,

    id. 30, 42, 7: crimina non quidem nec ipsa mediocria;

    sed quid ista sunt prae iis, etc.,

    id. 34, 32, 9.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    By way of eminence, ipse is used to indicate the chief person, host, master, teacher, etc.:

    ipsa, the mistress, etc.: ipsus tristis,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 23:

    ipsum praesto video,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 3:

    ego eo quo me ipsa misit,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 2, 10:

    suam norat ipsam tam bene, quam puella matrem,

    Cat. 3, 7 (Müll., ipsa); cf.:

    Pythagorei respondere solebant, ipse dixit,

    i. e. Pythagoras, Cic. N. D. 1, 5, 10; cf.:

    nec hoc oratori contingere inter adversarios quod Pythagorae inter discipulos potest ipse dixit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27:

    cum veniat lectica Mathonis plena ipso,

    the great man, Juv. 1, 33:

    anseris ante ipsum jecur,

    before the host, id. 5, 114.—
    B.
    Of or by one ' s self, of one ' s own accord = suā sponte, ultro:

    videar non ipse promisisse (opp. to fortuito),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 111:

    de manibus delapsa arma ipsa ceciderunt,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 77:

    valvae clausae se ipsae aperuerunt,

    id. Div. 1, 37, 74:

    ipsae lacte domum referent distenta capellae Ubera,

    Verg. E. 4, 21:

    ipsi potum venient juvenci,

    id. ib. 7, 11; cf.:

    aliae ipsae Sponte sua veniunt,

    id. G. 2, 10:

    fruges sponte sua (tellus) primum ipsa creavit,

    Lucr. 2, 11, 58; and autai for automatoi, Theocr. Idyll. 11, 12.—
    C.
    Himself exclusively.
    1.
    By or in one ' s self, alone:

    haec ipse suo tristi cum corde volutat,

    Verg. A. 6, 185:

    his actis, aliud genitor secum ipse volutat,

    id. ib. 12, 843: tempus secum ipsa Exigit, id. ib. 4, 475:

    quam facile exercitu soclos conservaturus sit, qui ipso nomine ac rumore defenderit,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 45:

    multa secum ipse volvens,

    Sall. C. 32, 1:

    aestimando ipse secum,

    Liv. 25, 23, 11.—
    2.
    In one ' s self, for one ' s own sake:

    ipsam aequitatem et jus ipsum amare,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48.—
    3.
    Of one ' s self, of one ' s own nature, etc.:

    erat ipse immani acerbāque naturā Oppianicus,

    Cic. Clu. 15, 44:

    duo imperatores, ipsi pares, ceterum opibus disparibus,

    Sall. J. 52, 1:

    natura serpentium, ipsa perniciosa, siti accenditur,

    id. ib. 89, 5.—
    D.
    With advv. of time.
    1.
    Nunc ipsum, just now, at this very time:

    nunc ipsum exurit,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 16:

    nunc ipsum non dubitabo rem tantam adicere,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 2; 8, 9, 2:

    nunc tamen ipsum sine te esse non possum,

    id. ib. 12, 16. —
    2.
    Tum ipsum, just then, at that very time:

    id, quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 27, 124:

    ratio largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum ad facultates accommodanda est,

    id. Off. 2, 17, 60:

    et tum ipsum, cum immolare velis, extorum fieri mutatio potest,

    id. Div. 1, 52, 118; cf. id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv.—
    E.
    With numerals, just, exactly, precisely (opp. fere):

    triginta dies erant ipsi, cum, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 21 init.:

    ipsas undecim esse legiones,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 2:

    nam cum dixisset minus 1000 (sc. milia), populus cum risu acclamavit, ipsa esse,

    id. Caecin. 10, 28; cf. id. Brut. 15, 61; 43, 162:

    ipso vigesimo anno,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 9, § 25. —
    F.
    In reflexive uses,
    1.
    Ipse strengthens the subject when opposed in thought to other agents; the object, when opposed to other objects; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696; Kennedy, Gram. § 67, 3; Madv. Gram. § 487, 6. — Hence,
    a.
    With subject.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    non egeo medicina (i. e. ut alii me consolentur), me ipse consolor,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 10:

    Junius necem sibi ipse conscivit,

    id. N. D. 2, 3, 7:

    neque potest exercitum is continere imperator, qui se ipse non continet,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 13, 38:

    Artaxerxes se ipse reprehendit,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    ipsa se virtus satis ostendit,

    Sall. J. 85; cf.:

    deponendo tutelam ipse in se unum omnium vires convertit,

    Liv. 24, 4, 9:

    deforme etiam est de se ipsum praedicare,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137.—
    (β).
    With special emphasis, ipse is joined to the subject to indicate its relation to itself as both subject and object, though the antithesis would suggest another case (Cic.):

    cum iste sic erat humilis atque demissus, ut non modo populo Romano, sed etiam sibi ipse condemnatus videretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17:

    si quis ipse sibi inimicus est,

    id. Fin. 5, 10, 28:

    qui ipsi sibi bellum indixissent,

    id. ib. 5, 10, 29:

    quoniam se ipsi omnes natura diligant,

    id. ib. 3, 18, 59:

    nam si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8.—
    b.
    With object:

    neque vero ipsam amicitiam tueri (possumus), nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67:

    omne animal se ipsum diligit,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 24:

    fac ut diligentissime te ipsum custodias,

    id. Fam. 9, 14, 8:

    Pompeianus miles fratrem suum, dein se ipsum interfecit,

    Tac. H. 3, 51:

    Lentulum, quem mihi ipsi antepono,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5.—
    2.
    Ipse defines the subject of a reflexive pronoun:

    natura movet infantem, sed tantum ut se ipse diligat (where ipse shows that se refers to infantem),

    Cic. Fin. 2, 10, 33: proinde consulant sibi ipsi;

    jubeant abire se,

    Just. 16, 4, 15:

    neque prius vim adhibendam putaverunt, quam se ipse indicasset,

    Nep. Paus. 4:

    in portis murisque sibimet ipsos tecta coëgerat aedificare,

    Liv. 27, 3, 2 (cf. 1. a. supra).—
    3.
    Ipse stands for the reflexive pronoun,
    a.
    Where the person or thing referred to is to be emphatically distinguished from others (class.):

    cum omnes se expetendos putent, nec id ob aliam rem, sed propter ipsos, necesse est ejus etiam partes propter se expeti, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46:

    quis umquam consul senatum ipsius decretis parere prohibuit?

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    quos, quidquid ipsis expediat, facturos arbitrabimur,

    id. Fin. 2, 35, 117:

    qui negant se recusare, quo minus, ipsis mortuis, terrarum deflagratio consequatur,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 64:

    nec quid ipsius natura sit intellegit,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 24.—
    b.
    In a subordinate clause, to point out either the subject of the principal clause, or the chief agent or speaker;

    esp. where se or sibi is already applied to the subject of the subordinate clause: ne ob eam rem aut suae magnopere virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiceret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 5:

    legatos ad consulem mittit, qui tantum modo ipsi liberisque vitam peterent,

    Sall. J. 16, 2; cf.:

    ipsis mortuis,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64:

    supra nihil, quantum in ipso est, praetermittere quo minus, etc.,

    id. Leg. 1, 21, 56:

    ipsius,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 55:

    nihil umquam audivi... nihil de re publica gravius, nihil de ipso modestius, i. e. de ipso dicente,

    id. Balb. 1, 2: id quod ipsum adjuvat (i. e. dicentem;

    opp. id quod adversario prodest),

    id. Inv. 1, 21, 30.—
    c.
    In gen., for an emphatic se or sibi (mostly post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40):

    nam ipsis certum esse, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 46, 13:

    pravitas consulum discordiaque inter ipsos,

    id. 4, 26, 6:

    inexperta remedia haud injuria ipsis esse suspecta,

    Curt. 3, 5, 15:

    Graecis nuntiare jubet, ipsum quidem gratias agere, etc.,

    id. 3, 8, 7:

    dixit, ab illo deo ipsos genus ducere,

    id. 4, 2, 3:

    a quibus nec acceperunt injuriam nec accepisse ipsos existimant, Sen. de Ira, 2, 5, 1: intemperantiam in morbo suam experti parere ipsis vetant,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 5:

    sciunt ipsos omnia habere communia,

    id. Ep. 6, 3; 22, 10 et saep.; cf.:

    verum est etiam iis, qui aliquando futuri sint, esse propter ipsos consulendum,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64.—
    4.
    Ipse stands in free constr. with abl. absol. as with finite verb (cf. also quisque;

    only freq. in Liv. and post-Aug. writers): cum dies venit, causa ipse pro se dicta, quindecim milibus aeris damnatur,

    Liv. 4, 44, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    Romani imperatores, junctis et ipsi exercitibus... ad sedem hostium pervenere,

    id. 29, 2, 2:

    C. Popilius, dimissis et ipse Atticis navibus... pergit,

    id. 45, 10, 2; cf.:

    Catilina et Autronius parabant consules interficere, ipsi fascibus conreptis Pisonem cum exercitu mittere,

    Sall. C. 18, 5:

    amisso et ipse Pacoro,

    Tac. G. 37; cf. also the emphatic use of ipse (like quisque) with abl. of gerund (freq. in Liv.):

    adsentando indignandoque et ipse,

    Liv. 40, 23, 1:

    cogendo ipse,

    id. 39, 49, 3:

    agendo ipse,

    id. 41, 24, 2:

    aestimando ipse secum,

    id. 25, 23, 11 et saep.
    Ipse is very rarely strengthened by the suffix -met:

    ipsemet abiit,

    Plaut.
    Am. prol. 102:

    ipsimet nobis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:

    ipsemet profugiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 21; also Front. Aq. 74 ex conj.— Sup.: Com. Ergo ipsusne es? Charm. Ipsissumus, his own very self, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 146; cf. Gr. autotatos, Aristoph. Plut. 83; so,

    ipsimus and ipsima, for dominus and domina (cf II. A. supra),

    Petr. 75, 11; and:

    ipsimi nostri,

    id. 63, 3 Büch. ex conj.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ipse

  • 73 ipsus

    ipse ( ipsus, Cato, R. R. 70; 71; Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 43; id. Trin. 2, 2, 40; 3, 1, 10 et saep.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 15; id. Eun. 3, 4, 8, id. Hec. 3, 5, 5; Jusjur. Milit. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4 al.), a, um (ipsud, Gloss. Philox.); gen. ipsīus ( poet. also ipsĭus, Cat. 64, 43; Verg. A. 1, 114; 2, 772 al.; and dissyl. Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 15; id. Phorm. 4, 5, 13: ipsi, Afran. ap. Prisc. 694); dat. ipsi (ipso, App. M. 10, p. 243, 24); pron. demonstr. [is - pse for pte; cf. sua-pte and -pote in ut-pote; root in potis; Sanscr. patis, lord, master; hence, = he, the master, himself, etc.; cf. Pott. Etym. Forsch. 2, 866 sq.; Fick, Vergl. Wörterb. p. 116. Hence, in the original form, the pronoun is was declined, while the suffix was unchanged; thus eopte = eo ipso, Paul. ex Fest. p. 110:

    eapse = ea ipsa,

    id. p. 77; nom. sing. eapse, Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 4; id. Cist. 1, 2, 17; id. Rud. 2, 3, 80; 2, 5, 21 al.; acc. eumpse, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:

    eampse,

    Plaut. Aul. 5, 7; id. Cist. 1, 3, 22; id. Men. 5, 2, 22 al.; abl. eopse, Plaut. Curc, 4, 3, 6:

    eāpse,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 132; id. Curc. 4, 3, 2; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 197 sq.], = autos, self, in person, he (emphatic), himself, herself, itself, used both substantively and adjectively, to denote that person (thing) of which something is eminently or exclusively predicated.
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With substt. or pronn.
    1.
    Expressing eminence or distinction:

    ipse ille Gorgias... in illo ipso Platonis libro,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 32, 129:

    ille ipse Marcellus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 4:

    natura ipsa,

    id. Brut. 29, 112:

    dicet pro me ipsa virtus,

    id. Fin. 2, 20, 65:

    ipsa res publica,

    id. Fam. 3, 11, 3:

    neque enim ipse Caesar est alienus a nobis,

    id. ib. 6, 10, 2:

    ipse Moeris,

    Verg. E. 8, 96:

    rex ipse Aeneas,

    id. A. 1, 575:

    ipse aries,

    id. E. 3, 95:

    ductores ipsi,

    id. A. 1, 189:

    si in ipsa arce habitarem,

    Liv. 2, 7, 10;

    esp. freq. with names of gods, etc.: naturas quas Juppiter ipse Addidit,

    Verg. G. 4, 149; id. A. 3, 222; Hor. C. 1, 16, 12:

    Pater ipse,

    Verg. G. 1, 121; Tib. 1, 4, 23:

    Venus ipsa,

    Hor. C. 2, 8, 13; Ov. H. 19, 159:

    ipse pater Pluton,

    Verg. A. 7, 327 et saep.—Prov.:

    audentes deus ipse juvat,

    Ov. M. 10, 586.—
    2.
    For emphasis or in contrast, very, just, precisely, self, in person:

    adest optime ipse frater,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 66:

    in orationibus hisce ipsis,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 16, 73:

    ea ipsa hora,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 4:

    nec carmina nobis Ipsa placent: ipsae rursus concedite silvae,

    Verg. E. 10, 63:

    tute ipse his rebus finem praescripsti,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 124:

    lepide ipsi hi sunt capti,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 91:

    ego enim ipse cum eodem isto non invitus erraverim,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ipse ille divinationis auctor,

    id. Div. 2, 28, 61:

    cariorem esse patriam quam nosmet ipsos,

    id. Fin. 3, 19, 64:

    eaque ipsa causa belli fuit,

    the very, the true cause, Liv. 1, 57, 1; esp. with is, in all persons and numbers:

    estne hic Philto? Is hercle'st ipsus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 31:

    cui tutor is fuerat ipse,

    Liv. 5, 33, 3:

    jam id ipsum absurdum, maximum malum neglegi,

    even, Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93 (Madv.); id. de Or. 2, 30, 132:

    tempus ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5:

    duum vir ad id ipsum creatus,

    id. 2, 42, 5:

    Tullius et eos ipsos et per eos multitudinem aliam deduxit,

    id. 2, 38, 1:

    eorum ipsorum facta (opp. loca in quibus, etc.),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2:

    nec vero clarorum virorum post mortem honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum animi efficerent,

    id. de Sen. 22, 80:

    ad eum ipsum honorem deferre,

    Liv. 3, 51, 3; so sometimes with an inf. or subst.-clause:

    ipsum dicere ineptum,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 112:

    quid juvat quod ante initum tribunatum veni, si ipsum, quod veni, nihil juvat?

    the mere fact, the fact alone, id. Att. 11, 9, 1:

    ipsum, quod habuisti,

    Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 12, 2:

    et ipsum, quod sum victus, ama,

    Luc. 8, 78.— Esp. in legal phrase: ipso jure, by the letter of the law, in legal strictness or precision, Gai Inst. 2, 198; 3, 181; 4, 106 sqq. et saep.—
    B.
    Alone, emphatically taking the place of an omitted person. or demonstr. pron.: Ar. Ubi is nunc est? He. Ubi ego minume atque ipsus se volt maxume, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 1, 10: Su. Is ipsusne's? Ch. Aio: Su. Ipsus es? id. Trin. 4, 2, 146:

    atque ipsis, ad quorum commodum pertinebat, durior inventus est Coelius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20, 4:

    quaeram ex ipsā,

    Cic. Cael. 14:

    tempus, quo ipse eos sustulisset, ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5:

    agrum dare immunem ipsi, qui accepisset, liberisque,

    id. 21, 45, 5; 9, 34, 18; 10, [p. 999] 6, 10:

    laeta et ipsis qui rem gessere expugnatio fuit,

    id. 28, 4, 1:

    a nobis exposita, ut ab ipsis, qui eam disciplinam probant,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 5, 13.—So freq. in Cic. before a rel.:

    ut de ipso, qui judicarit, judicium fieri videretur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 44, 82:

    ipsi omnia, quorum negotium est, ad nos deferunt,

    id. de Or. 1, 58, 250; 2, 14, 60; id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 13; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:

    nullis definitionibus utuntur, ipsique dicunt ea se modo probare, quibus natura tacita assentiatur,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40 Madv. —
    C.
    To make prominent one of two or more subjects of any predicate, he ( she, il), for his part, he too, also, as well.
    1.
    Ipse alone:

    litterae Metello Capuam adlatae sunt a Clodia, quae ipsa transiit,

    i. e. also, in person, Cic. Att. 9, 6, 3:

    Italiam ornare quam domum suam maluit: quamquam Italia ornata domus ipsa mihi videtur ornatior,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 76:

    tris ipse excitavit recitatores,

    he too, id. Clu. 51, 141:

    neque tanti timoris sum ut ipse deficiam,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 31, 8:

    Jugurtha, tametsi regem ficta locutum intellegebat, et ipse longe aliter animo agitabat,

    Sall. J. 11, 1:

    hoc Rhipeus, hoc ipse Dymas omnisque juventus Laeta facit,

    Verg. A. 2, 394.—
    2.
    With conjunctions.
    (α).
    With etiam (class.):

    ipse etiam Fufidius in numero fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 112: scribebat orationes quas alii dicerent: quamquam is etiam ipse scripsit eas, quibus pro se est usus, sed non sine Aelio;

    his enim scriptis etiam ipse interfui,

    id. ib. 56, 206 sq. —
    (β).
    With quoque:

    quippe quia plebs senatus consultum solvit, ipsi quoque solutum vultis,

    Liv. 3, 21, 4:

    consul, quia collegae decretum triumphum audivit, ipse quoque triumphi flagitator Romam rediit,

    id. 8, 12, 9:

    cum subito Sulpicius et Albinovanus objecissent catervas, ipse quoque (Sulla) jaculatus, etc.,

    Flor. 3, 21, 7.—
    (γ).
    With et (et ipse = kai autos, ipse etiam; rare in Cic.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 698): tamen et ipsi tuae familiae genere et nomine continebuntur,

    Cic. Caecin. 20, 58:

    deseret eos quos una scis esse, cum habeat praesertim et ipse cohortis triginta?

    id. Att. 8, 7, 1; id. de Or. 1, 46, 202:

    Cornelius dictatorem Aemilium dixit, et ipse ab eo magister equitum est dictus,

    Liv. 4, 31, 5:

    credo ego vos, socii, et ipsos cernere,

    id. 21, 21, 3:

    Cornelio minus copiarum datum, quia L. Manlius praetor et ipse cum praesidio in Galliam mittebatur,

    id. 21, 17, 7:

    qui et ipse crus fregerat,

    Suet. Aug. 43:

    Antoninus Commodus nihil paternum habuit, nisi quod contra Germanos feliciter et ipse pugnavit,

    Eutr. 8, 7:

    virtutes et ipsae taedium pariunt,

    Quint. 9, 4, 43. —
    (δ).
    With nec ( = ne ipse quidem):

    primis repulsis Maharbal cum majore robore virorum missus nec ipse eruptionem cohortium sustinuit,

    Liv. 23, 18, 4:

    nihil moveri viderunt, nec ipsi quicquam mutarunt,

    id. 37, 20, 8:

    neque ipsi,

    id. 30, 42, 7: crimina non quidem nec ipsa mediocria;

    sed quid ista sunt prae iis, etc.,

    id. 34, 32, 9.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    By way of eminence, ipse is used to indicate the chief person, host, master, teacher, etc.:

    ipsa, the mistress, etc.: ipsus tristis,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 23:

    ipsum praesto video,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 3:

    ego eo quo me ipsa misit,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 2, 10:

    suam norat ipsam tam bene, quam puella matrem,

    Cat. 3, 7 (Müll., ipsa); cf.:

    Pythagorei respondere solebant, ipse dixit,

    i. e. Pythagoras, Cic. N. D. 1, 5, 10; cf.:

    nec hoc oratori contingere inter adversarios quod Pythagorae inter discipulos potest ipse dixit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27:

    cum veniat lectica Mathonis plena ipso,

    the great man, Juv. 1, 33:

    anseris ante ipsum jecur,

    before the host, id. 5, 114.—
    B.
    Of or by one ' s self, of one ' s own accord = suā sponte, ultro:

    videar non ipse promisisse (opp. to fortuito),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 111:

    de manibus delapsa arma ipsa ceciderunt,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 77:

    valvae clausae se ipsae aperuerunt,

    id. Div. 1, 37, 74:

    ipsae lacte domum referent distenta capellae Ubera,

    Verg. E. 4, 21:

    ipsi potum venient juvenci,

    id. ib. 7, 11; cf.:

    aliae ipsae Sponte sua veniunt,

    id. G. 2, 10:

    fruges sponte sua (tellus) primum ipsa creavit,

    Lucr. 2, 11, 58; and autai for automatoi, Theocr. Idyll. 11, 12.—
    C.
    Himself exclusively.
    1.
    By or in one ' s self, alone:

    haec ipse suo tristi cum corde volutat,

    Verg. A. 6, 185:

    his actis, aliud genitor secum ipse volutat,

    id. ib. 12, 843: tempus secum ipsa Exigit, id. ib. 4, 475:

    quam facile exercitu soclos conservaturus sit, qui ipso nomine ac rumore defenderit,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 45:

    multa secum ipse volvens,

    Sall. C. 32, 1:

    aestimando ipse secum,

    Liv. 25, 23, 11.—
    2.
    In one ' s self, for one ' s own sake:

    ipsam aequitatem et jus ipsum amare,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48.—
    3.
    Of one ' s self, of one ' s own nature, etc.:

    erat ipse immani acerbāque naturā Oppianicus,

    Cic. Clu. 15, 44:

    duo imperatores, ipsi pares, ceterum opibus disparibus,

    Sall. J. 52, 1:

    natura serpentium, ipsa perniciosa, siti accenditur,

    id. ib. 89, 5.—
    D.
    With advv. of time.
    1.
    Nunc ipsum, just now, at this very time:

    nunc ipsum exurit,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 16:

    nunc ipsum non dubitabo rem tantam adicere,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 2; 8, 9, 2:

    nunc tamen ipsum sine te esse non possum,

    id. ib. 12, 16. —
    2.
    Tum ipsum, just then, at that very time:

    id, quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 27, 124:

    ratio largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum ad facultates accommodanda est,

    id. Off. 2, 17, 60:

    et tum ipsum, cum immolare velis, extorum fieri mutatio potest,

    id. Div. 1, 52, 118; cf. id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv.—
    E.
    With numerals, just, exactly, precisely (opp. fere):

    triginta dies erant ipsi, cum, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 21 init.:

    ipsas undecim esse legiones,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 2:

    nam cum dixisset minus 1000 (sc. milia), populus cum risu acclamavit, ipsa esse,

    id. Caecin. 10, 28; cf. id. Brut. 15, 61; 43, 162:

    ipso vigesimo anno,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 9, § 25. —
    F.
    In reflexive uses,
    1.
    Ipse strengthens the subject when opposed in thought to other agents; the object, when opposed to other objects; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696; Kennedy, Gram. § 67, 3; Madv. Gram. § 487, 6. — Hence,
    a.
    With subject.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    non egeo medicina (i. e. ut alii me consolentur), me ipse consolor,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 10:

    Junius necem sibi ipse conscivit,

    id. N. D. 2, 3, 7:

    neque potest exercitum is continere imperator, qui se ipse non continet,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 13, 38:

    Artaxerxes se ipse reprehendit,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    ipsa se virtus satis ostendit,

    Sall. J. 85; cf.:

    deponendo tutelam ipse in se unum omnium vires convertit,

    Liv. 24, 4, 9:

    deforme etiam est de se ipsum praedicare,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137.—
    (β).
    With special emphasis, ipse is joined to the subject to indicate its relation to itself as both subject and object, though the antithesis would suggest another case (Cic.):

    cum iste sic erat humilis atque demissus, ut non modo populo Romano, sed etiam sibi ipse condemnatus videretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17:

    si quis ipse sibi inimicus est,

    id. Fin. 5, 10, 28:

    qui ipsi sibi bellum indixissent,

    id. ib. 5, 10, 29:

    quoniam se ipsi omnes natura diligant,

    id. ib. 3, 18, 59:

    nam si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8.—
    b.
    With object:

    neque vero ipsam amicitiam tueri (possumus), nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67:

    omne animal se ipsum diligit,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 24:

    fac ut diligentissime te ipsum custodias,

    id. Fam. 9, 14, 8:

    Pompeianus miles fratrem suum, dein se ipsum interfecit,

    Tac. H. 3, 51:

    Lentulum, quem mihi ipsi antepono,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5.—
    2.
    Ipse defines the subject of a reflexive pronoun:

    natura movet infantem, sed tantum ut se ipse diligat (where ipse shows that se refers to infantem),

    Cic. Fin. 2, 10, 33: proinde consulant sibi ipsi;

    jubeant abire se,

    Just. 16, 4, 15:

    neque prius vim adhibendam putaverunt, quam se ipse indicasset,

    Nep. Paus. 4:

    in portis murisque sibimet ipsos tecta coëgerat aedificare,

    Liv. 27, 3, 2 (cf. 1. a. supra).—
    3.
    Ipse stands for the reflexive pronoun,
    a.
    Where the person or thing referred to is to be emphatically distinguished from others (class.):

    cum omnes se expetendos putent, nec id ob aliam rem, sed propter ipsos, necesse est ejus etiam partes propter se expeti, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46:

    quis umquam consul senatum ipsius decretis parere prohibuit?

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    quos, quidquid ipsis expediat, facturos arbitrabimur,

    id. Fin. 2, 35, 117:

    qui negant se recusare, quo minus, ipsis mortuis, terrarum deflagratio consequatur,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 64:

    nec quid ipsius natura sit intellegit,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 24.—
    b.
    In a subordinate clause, to point out either the subject of the principal clause, or the chief agent or speaker;

    esp. where se or sibi is already applied to the subject of the subordinate clause: ne ob eam rem aut suae magnopere virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiceret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 5:

    legatos ad consulem mittit, qui tantum modo ipsi liberisque vitam peterent,

    Sall. J. 16, 2; cf.:

    ipsis mortuis,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64:

    supra nihil, quantum in ipso est, praetermittere quo minus, etc.,

    id. Leg. 1, 21, 56:

    ipsius,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 55:

    nihil umquam audivi... nihil de re publica gravius, nihil de ipso modestius, i. e. de ipso dicente,

    id. Balb. 1, 2: id quod ipsum adjuvat (i. e. dicentem;

    opp. id quod adversario prodest),

    id. Inv. 1, 21, 30.—
    c.
    In gen., for an emphatic se or sibi (mostly post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40):

    nam ipsis certum esse, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 46, 13:

    pravitas consulum discordiaque inter ipsos,

    id. 4, 26, 6:

    inexperta remedia haud injuria ipsis esse suspecta,

    Curt. 3, 5, 15:

    Graecis nuntiare jubet, ipsum quidem gratias agere, etc.,

    id. 3, 8, 7:

    dixit, ab illo deo ipsos genus ducere,

    id. 4, 2, 3:

    a quibus nec acceperunt injuriam nec accepisse ipsos existimant, Sen. de Ira, 2, 5, 1: intemperantiam in morbo suam experti parere ipsis vetant,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 5:

    sciunt ipsos omnia habere communia,

    id. Ep. 6, 3; 22, 10 et saep.; cf.:

    verum est etiam iis, qui aliquando futuri sint, esse propter ipsos consulendum,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64.—
    4.
    Ipse stands in free constr. with abl. absol. as with finite verb (cf. also quisque;

    only freq. in Liv. and post-Aug. writers): cum dies venit, causa ipse pro se dicta, quindecim milibus aeris damnatur,

    Liv. 4, 44, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    Romani imperatores, junctis et ipsi exercitibus... ad sedem hostium pervenere,

    id. 29, 2, 2:

    C. Popilius, dimissis et ipse Atticis navibus... pergit,

    id. 45, 10, 2; cf.:

    Catilina et Autronius parabant consules interficere, ipsi fascibus conreptis Pisonem cum exercitu mittere,

    Sall. C. 18, 5:

    amisso et ipse Pacoro,

    Tac. G. 37; cf. also the emphatic use of ipse (like quisque) with abl. of gerund (freq. in Liv.):

    adsentando indignandoque et ipse,

    Liv. 40, 23, 1:

    cogendo ipse,

    id. 39, 49, 3:

    agendo ipse,

    id. 41, 24, 2:

    aestimando ipse secum,

    id. 25, 23, 11 et saep.
    Ipse is very rarely strengthened by the suffix -met:

    ipsemet abiit,

    Plaut.
    Am. prol. 102:

    ipsimet nobis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:

    ipsemet profugiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 21; also Front. Aq. 74 ex conj.— Sup.: Com. Ergo ipsusne es? Charm. Ipsissumus, his own very self, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 146; cf. Gr. autotatos, Aristoph. Plut. 83; so,

    ipsimus and ipsima, for dominus and domina (cf II. A. supra),

    Petr. 75, 11; and:

    ipsimi nostri,

    id. 63, 3 Büch. ex conj.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ipsus

  • 74 ὅστις

    ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (sts. written ὅ, τι to dist. it from ὅτι,
    A that): Hom. has also the masc. collat. form

    ὅτις Od.1.47

    , al. (also in Critias 2.9 and [dialect] Ion. and Arc. Prose, Jahresh.12.136 ([place name] Erythrae), IG12(5).22 ([place name] Ios), 5(2).343.34 (Orchom. Arc.)) and the neut.

    ὅττι Od.9.402

    , al., cf.

    ὄττι Alc.45

    .—In some forms only the second part is inflected, viz. gen.

    ὅτου Th.1.23

    , al., [dialect] Ep.

    ὅττεο Od.1.124

    , later [dialect] Ion. ὅτεο Jahresh.l.c., [var] contr.

    ὅττευ Od.17.121

    , ὅτευ ib. 421, Hdt.1.7; Lesb.

    ὄττω Sapph.Supp.5.3

    ; dat.

    ὅτῳ Th.1.36

    , al.; perh. also in [dialect] Ion., Emp. 2.5, Democr.99, Hp.VC14; [dialect] Ep.

    ὅτεῳ Od.2.114

    , and as disyll., Il.12.428, 15.664; so Hdt.1.86, al., Democr.100, Heraclit.15, SIG194.21 (Amphipolis, iv B. C.); Arc. ὀσέοι IG5(2).262.14 (Mantinea, v B. C.); [dialect] Ep. acc.

    ὅτινα Od.8.204

    , 15.395; Delph. gen.

    ὅτινος IG22.1126.37

    (iv B. C.), also Berl.Sitzb.1927.167 ([place name] Cyrene); Delph. dat.

    ὅτινι IG 22.1126.25

    ; Cret. dat. sg.

    ὄτιμι Leg.Gort.7.51

    , 8.7, al.: pl., nom. masc. Arg.

    ὄττινες Mnemos.44.65

    (iii B. C.); neut.

    ὅτινα Il.22.450

    ; gen.

    ὅτεων Od.10.39

    , Hdt.8.65, [dialect] Att.

    ὅτων S.OT 414

    , X.An.7.6.24 (cj.), Oec.3.2 (cj.) (also in Hes.Fr. 238, Anaxag.12, Hp.Aër.21); dat. ὁτέοισι ([etym.] ν) Il.15.491, Hdt.2.82, [dialect] Att.

    ὅτοισι S.Ant. 1335

    , Ar.Eq. 758,

    ὅτοις S.Tr. 1119

    ; acc.

    ὅτινας Il.15.492

    , [dialect] Aeol.

    ὄττινας Sapph.12

    : in a few forms only the first part is inflected, Cret. gen. sg. ὦτι prob. in Leg.Gort.1.5, 2.50, 11.50, al., GDI4993 ii 10: neut. pl.

    ἄτι Leg.Gort.2.47

    , al.: of the forms with double inflexion Hom. has only

    ὅν τινα Il.2.188

    , al.,

    ἥν τινα 3.286

    , al.,

    οἵ τινες Od.4.94

    , al.,

    οὕς τινας Il.4.240

    , al.,

    ἅς τινας Od.8.573

    ; ᾧτινι first in Hes.Op.31,

    ἧστινος A.Ag. 1358

    ,

    ᾗ τινι δή Th.8.87

    ,

    οἷστισι Ar. Pax 1279

    : [dialect] Att. Inscrr. have ἧστινος ᾗτινι along with masc. and neut. ὅτου ὅτῳ, and this rule holds with few exceptions in Trag. and [dialect] Att. Prose before iv B. C.; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in Lys.1.37, etc.: ὅτῳ rarely as fem., E.IT 1071.—For the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. form [full] ἅσσα, [dialect] Att. ἅττα, v. ἅσσα.—On the concord and construction cf.

    ὅς B. 1.1

    ,3, 11.3, 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever;

    ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι Od.1.47

    ;

    ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε φυλάσσει 15.35

    , etc.: freq. without express antec.,

    χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ Il.21.347

    ;

    ἆσσον ἴτω ὅς τις δέπας οἴσεται 23.667

    : hence freq. in maxims or sentiments,

    οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ' ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ Ar.Ra. 1217

    ;

    μακάριος ὅ. οὐσίαν καὶ νοῦν ἔχει Men.114

    ; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ. .. Lys.3.4, etc.: freq. in such phrases as ὅστις εἶ, ὅστις ἐστί, v. ὅς B. 111.2; ἔστιν ὅ., freq. with a neg.,

    οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν.. ἡγήσαιτο Il.2.687

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτῳ μείζονα μοῖραν νείμαιμ' ἢ σοί A.Pr. 293

    (anap.), cf. 989, 1070 (anap.), etc.;

    εἰσὶν οἵτινες S.Fr.354.5

    ; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ .. everything, Hdt. 5.97, Th.7.87:—in these phrases the case of ὅστις commonly depends on that of οὐδείς; but sts. the reverse, v. οὐδείς 1.2: also joined with [comp] Sup., τρόπῳ ὅτῳ ἂν δύνωνται ἰσχυροτάτῳ Foed. ap. Th.5.23;

    ὅντινα ἀφανέστατον δύναιντο τρόπον Paus.10.1.5

    : in Trag. and [dialect] Att. sts. strengthd. by an antec. πᾶς, but only in sg.,

    ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ A.Pr.35

    , cf. Th.8.90 ( πάντες ὅσοι being commonly used in pl., not πάντες οἵτινες; but

    πᾶσιν.. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ IG12.410

    ).
    II referring to a definite object, prop. only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα.., δι' ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom.., Hdt.3.120; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ' ἀφ' ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, S.OT 1184, cf. A.Pr. 38, Ag. 1065; but in quite definite sense,

    βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι Th.6.3

    : sts. even with οὗτος or ὅδε as antec., Hdt.1.167, 2.99, 6.47, E.Hipp. 943, Theoc.8.87.
    2 ἐφ' ὅτῳ, = ἐφ' ᾧτε, D.S.16.4; so

    ἐφ' ὅτῳ τε Delph.3(2).236

    (ii B. C.).
    III in indirect questions, Hom., etc.,

    εἴπ' ἄγε μοι καὶ τόνδε.., ὅς τις ὅδ' ἐστί Il.3.192

    , cf. 167, etc.; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that.., 14.509;

    ξεῖνος ὅδ', οὐκ οἶδ' ὅς τις Od.8.28

    : in dialogue, when the person questioned repeats the question asked by τίς, as

    οὗτος τί ποιεῖς;—ὅ τι ποιῶ

    ;

    Ar.Ra. 198

    ; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ εἶ;—ὅστις;

    πολίτης χρηστός Id.Ach. 595

    , cf. Pl. 462, Pl.Euthphr.2c, etc.
    2 rare and late in direct questions,

    ὅ τι ἐστὶ τὸ ἐμποδίζον

    ;

    A.D.Adv.140.12

    ; ἀνθ' ὅτου .. ; = why? Jul.Ep.82p.109B.-C.; cf. ὅπως.
    IV limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles:
    b ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, Th.4.16, Pl. Smp. 198b, etc.;

    μετὰ ὁτουοῦν τρόπου Th.8.27

    ;

    ὁτῳοῦν Pl.Tht. 175a

    ; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, Arist.Pol. 1286a31: freq. with neg.,

    μηδ' ἂν ὁστισοῦν τυγχάνῃ ὤν Pl.Euthphr.5e

    , cf. Phd. 78d, etc.; οὐδ' ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, Ar.Nu. 344, Pl. 385;

    μηδοτιοῦν Thgn.64

    : rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (v.l. ὅτι ἄν) Arist.Mu. 391a22.
    c

    ὁστισδηποτοῦν D.40.8

    , Aeschin.1.164.
    3 ὅστις ποτε whoever, A.Ag. 160(lyr.), cf. Hdt.8.65.
    4 ὅστις περ (cf. ὅσπερ), mostly in neut.,

    ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ' ὄφελος Ar.Ec.53

    , cf. Pl.R. 492e: in masc., D.21.225.
    5 ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, Il.23.43, al.
    V neut. ὅ τι used abs. as a Conj., v. ὅ τι.
    VI ἐξ ὅτου from which time, S.OC 345, Tr. 326, Ar.Nu. 528, X.Cyr.8.2.16, etc.;

    ἐξ ὅτου περ Ar.Ach. 596

    ; ἀπ' ὅτευ since.., Hdt.1.7, cf. SIG45.18 (Halic., v B. C.); so

    ἕως ὅτου

    until..,

    Ev.Luc.13.8

    .
    2 from what cause, S. Tr. 671, E.Cyc. 639.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅστις

  • 75 ὅς

    ὅς, ἥ, ὅ
    as relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+). On its use s. B-D-F §293–97; 377–80; Rydbeck 98–118; W-S. §24; Rob. 711–26, and for ancient Gk. in gener. Kühner-G. II 399ff; Schwyzer II 639–41.
    As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e. its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὸ̔ν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος …, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.
    A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:
    α. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38; sim. Mk 4:9; 9:40 (the three w. implied condition). οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21.that which, what Mt 10:27.—A prep. governing the relative belongs in certain pass. to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8; ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21; πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10; εἰς ὅν J 6:29. In others it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under 1kγ also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.2 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109–15. But s. βב and iβ below.
    β. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc.
    א. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ᾧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13.
    ב. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage perh. uses a commercial metaphor, for pap s. Mayser II/2, 434f §121). εἰς ὸ̔ν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. bα above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, 1925, 154f; EOwen, JTS 29, 1928, 384–86; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, 1929, 341–43; FZorell, VD 9, 1929, 112–16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann Festschr., ’62, 70–91; but s. iβ end.—S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615 at πάρειμι 1a).
    ג. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ = τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν = τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.
    Constructions peculiar in some respect
    α. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; B-D-F §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found in older Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν … τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), and is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy 117, 15), but above all is suggested by Semitic languages (LXX; GrBar 2:1; Thackeray 46; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in the v.l. is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. οὗ καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ συγγράματα EpilMosq 2. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται … ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 = Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9. Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8.
    β. constructions ‘ad sensum’
    א. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς … ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20.
    ב. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ …, οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cp. ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1.
    ג. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cp. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cp. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.
    Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in Hdt. and freq. Att., ins, pap, LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case.
    α. In most instances it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cp. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—When the antecedent is an understood but unexpressed demonstr. pron. (s. b, beg.) that would stand in the gen. or dat., the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat.: οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36 (Schwyzer II 641); ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (so already Soph., Pla., et al.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν = τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς = τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25.
    β. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cp. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ = κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4.
    γ. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι …, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14 v.l. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8.
    δ. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as Hom.; also Soph., Oed. Rex 449; s. Kühner-G. II 413; Schwyzer II 641; B-D-F §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὸ̔ν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία … ἐστιν; = ὁ ἄρτος ὅν … 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὸ̔ν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένους, οὗτοι … ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cp. 1J 2:25.
    ε. Attraction can, as in earlier Gk. (Thu. 2, 70, 4), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (B-D-F §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But s. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.
    The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latter
    α. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ = τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44; cp. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὸ̔ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὸ̔ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19.
    β. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε = ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cp. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ = ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον = κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11.
    γ. w. a change in case, due mostly to attraction
    א. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν = περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων = περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν … ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας = ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9.
    ב. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη = Ἰωάννης ὸ̔ν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17.
    δ. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων = περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense = ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. S. B-D-F §294, 5; Rob. 719.
    The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cp. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.
    The neut. is used
    α. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cp. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36; cp. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 v.l. (for μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὸ̔ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.—S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—B-D-F §132, 2.
    β. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cp. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8.
    γ. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (s. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὸ̔ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ = τὸν θάνατον, ὸ̔ν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cp. vs. 10b. ὸ̔ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.
    The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὸ̔ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cp. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου …, ὸ̔ς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον …, ὸ̔ς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17. ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐργάσεσθε τὸ καλόν 21:2.
    taking the place of the interrogative pron.
    α. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. Rex 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic ins of 411 B.C. in Meisterhans3-Schw.; pap [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]; Just., D. 44, 4 διʼ ἧς ὁδοῦ). ὸ̔ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7 (Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὸ̔ λέγεις).—J 18:21.
    β. NT philology has generally dismissed the proposition that ὅς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; B-D-F §300, 2; Radermacher2 78; PMaas [see 1bβב above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the ins on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125–31], ET 33, 1922, 491–93 leaves room for doubt. Therefore also the translation of ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Goodsp., Probs. 41–43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JWilson, ET 41, 1930, 334) has been held suspect. S. ZNW 52, ’61, 109ff.—Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Mlt-Turner 50 inclines toward it. If further proof for interrogative use of ὅς can be found, lit.-crit. considerations (s. vv. 14–16) invite attention to the v.l. (s. Tdf. app.) ἐφʼ ᾦ, a combination used in commercial documents (PGrenf II, 17, 2; 5; Mayser II/1 p. 215); the colloquial use suggests the sense: What deal did you make?—See also 1bβב above.
    combined w. particles
    α. with ἄν (ἐάν), s. ἄν I. b.
    β. with γέ (s. γέ aβ and cp. PFlor 370, 9) Ro 8:32.
    γ. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:3(4) v.l. (the vv.ll. vary betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).
    δ. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al.
    ε. with περ = ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (TestSol, TestAbr; TestJob 7:13; JosAs 14:12; GrBar; ApcSed 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 277, Vi. 95; apolog. [exc. Mel.]) just the one who Mk 15:6 v.l. ὅπερ which indeed Ox 840, 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GPt 11:45.
    used w. preposition (s. also above: 1bα; 1bβב; 1eβ,γ; 1f, and s. Johannessohn, Präp. 382f [ind.]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed:
    α. with ἀντί: ἀνθʼ ὧν (s. ἀντί 4) because Lk 1:20; 19:44; Ac 12:23; 2 Th 2:10; therefore Lk 12:3.
    β. w. εἰς: εἰς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.
    γ. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances = under these circumstances Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 v.l.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν 7 and cp. 1bα above.
    δ. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ (normally, ‘for which’: Plut., Cimon 483 [8, 6] Cimon receives honors in requital for his generous deed [cp. the pl. ἐφʼ οἷς IPriene 114, 22 of honors heaped on a gymnasiarch for his numerous contributions]; cp. Plut., Mor. 522e and Diog. L. 7, 173. Conversely Plut., Aratus 1048 [44, 4]: A. suffers some dishonor ‘for what’ he did to one of his associates) has freq. been interpreted=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3a); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10. But a commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί 6c. Difft. on Ro 5:12 JFitzmyer, NTS 39, ’93, 321–39; also comm. (Anchor), ad loc.: ‘with the result that, so that’
    ε. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.
    ζ. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό 2bγ and cp. BGU 252, 9 [98 A.D.]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6 v.l.; as soon as, after 8, 1, 4.—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό 2bγ) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18. ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 1bα) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.
    Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; prose of Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. II 228f]; pap, LXX).
    ὸ̔ς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl 144, 14 [38 A.D.]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11 v.l. Mostly
    ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy 1189, 7 [c. 117 A.D.]; SibOr 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ this … that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δὲ … ὸ̔ς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς … ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δὲ … ὸ̔ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν … ἄλλῳ δὲ … ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8–10. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν … ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4–8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—B-D-F §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 100f.—DELG 1 ὅς. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὅς

  • 76 divertido

    adj.
    amusing, cool, entertaining, fun.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: divertir.
    * * *
    1→ link=divertir divertir
    1 (gracioso) funny, amusing
    2 (entretenido) fun, entertaining, enjoyable
    * * *
    (f. - divertida)
    adj.
    1) amusing, funny
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=entretenido) [libro, película] entertaining; [chiste, persona] funny, amusing

    ¡qué divertido! ¿ahora me dices que no puedes ir? — iró that's just great! now you tell me you can't go?

    2)

    estar divertido LAm * to be tight *

    DIVERTIDO ¿"Funny o fun"? Divertido solo se puede traducir por funny si nos hace reír: Acabo de ver una obra muy divertida I've just seen a very funny play ► Cuando hablamos de una actividad o situación divertida (en el sentido de entretenida y agradable), a menudo se la puede describir en inglés como fun: Me gusta jugar al escondite. Es muy divertido I like playing hide and seek. It's great fun NOTA: Fun es un sustantivo incontable y por lo tanto, al contrario que funny, no puede ir acompañado de adverbios como very. Se suele acompañar de great, good y a lot of. Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    - da adjetivo
    a) (que interesa, divierte) <espectáculo/fiesta> fun, enjoyable; <momento/situación> entertaining

    es un tipo muy divertido — he's a really fun guy, he's really fun to be with

    b) ( gracioso) funny
    * * *
    = amused, enjoyable, facetious, laughable, hilarious, fun, amusing, funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.], playful, cheery [cheerier -comp., cheeriest -sup.], comedic, droll.
    Ex. After the wait, her first words emerged with an amused laugh.
    Ex. Having made this prefatory warning, it has also to be said that many teachers successfully contrive to make reviewing an enjoyable and useful ingredient in their book and reading programs.
    Ex. This might, perhaps, be considered a facetious example; however, consider the effect of the indiscriminate use of LATIN AMERICA and SPANISH AMERICA.
    Ex. It's laughable when Archie Bunker says that, because we know he's an uneducated slob.
    Ex. In studying the structure of bibliographic control it is not difficult to discover strange, and even hilarious, examples of specialist bibliographic sources.
    Ex. To make the reading more fun for the children we'll include a squib about the garbage dog from 'The Eighteenth Emergency' by Betsy Byars to put alongside a passage about mongrels from the 'World Book Encyclopedia'.
    Ex. In the proceedings of the pioneer 1876 Conference of Librarians we can read that 'Mr Edmands gave some amusing illustrations to show that readers often had only the most vague idea of what they really wanted'.
    Ex. This article reviews on-line data bases that may be used to search for references to humour (cartoons, funny articles and books, and medical aspects of humour).
    Ex. The article is a playful attempt to describe the historical determinations of the subject.
    Ex. The novel is a cheery social satire about geeky middle-aged men and their freakishly attractive, younger spouses.
    Ex. In the year 2000, news and entertainment programs dedicated a great deal of comedic attention to the presidential election.
    Ex. Never sentimental, the movie has moments of droll, deadpan humor.
    ----
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de manera divertida = funnily.
    * de modo divertido = comically, funnily.
    * lo divertido = the fun part.
    * resultar divertido = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * * *
    - da adjetivo
    a) (que interesa, divierte) <espectáculo/fiesta> fun, enjoyable; <momento/situación> entertaining

    es un tipo muy divertido — he's a really fun guy, he's really fun to be with

    b) ( gracioso) funny
    * * *
    = amused, enjoyable, facetious, laughable, hilarious, fun, amusing, funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.], playful, cheery [cheerier -comp., cheeriest -sup.], comedic, droll.

    Ex: After the wait, her first words emerged with an amused laugh.

    Ex: Having made this prefatory warning, it has also to be said that many teachers successfully contrive to make reviewing an enjoyable and useful ingredient in their book and reading programs.
    Ex: This might, perhaps, be considered a facetious example; however, consider the effect of the indiscriminate use of LATIN AMERICA and SPANISH AMERICA.
    Ex: It's laughable when Archie Bunker says that, because we know he's an uneducated slob.
    Ex: In studying the structure of bibliographic control it is not difficult to discover strange, and even hilarious, examples of specialist bibliographic sources.
    Ex: To make the reading more fun for the children we'll include a squib about the garbage dog from 'The Eighteenth Emergency' by Betsy Byars to put alongside a passage about mongrels from the 'World Book Encyclopedia'.
    Ex: In the proceedings of the pioneer 1876 Conference of Librarians we can read that 'Mr Edmands gave some amusing illustrations to show that readers often had only the most vague idea of what they really wanted'.
    Ex: This article reviews on-line data bases that may be used to search for references to humour (cartoons, funny articles and books, and medical aspects of humour).
    Ex: The article is a playful attempt to describe the historical determinations of the subject.
    Ex: The novel is a cheery social satire about geeky middle-aged men and their freakishly attractive, younger spouses.
    Ex: In the year 2000, news and entertainment programs dedicated a great deal of comedic attention to the presidential election.
    Ex: Never sentimental, the movie has moments of droll, deadpan humor.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de manera divertida = funnily.
    * de modo divertido = comically, funnily.
    * lo divertido = the fun part.
    * resultar divertido = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

    * * *
    1 (que interesa, recrea, divierte) ‹espectáculo/fiesta› fun, enjoyable; ‹momento/situación› entertaining
    fue una fiesta muy divertida it was a very enjoyable o ( colloq) a fun party, the party was a lot of fun o was great fun
    el baile estuvo muy divertido the dance was very entertaining o great fun
    ¡qué divertido! ahora va y se pone a llover ( iró); (that's) wonderful o great! now it's started raining ( iro)
    es un tipo muy divertido he's a really fun guy o a very entertaining guy, he's really fun to be with
    2 (gracioso) funny
    * * *

     

    Del verbo divertir: ( conjugate divertir)

    divertido es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    divertido    
    divertir
    divertido
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    a) (que interesa, divierte) ‹espectáculo/fiesta fun, enjoyable;

    momento/situación entertaining;


    divertir ( conjugate divertir) verbo transitivo
    to amuse
    divertirse verbo pronominal ( entretenerse) to amuse oneself;
    ( pasarlo bien) to have fun, enjoy oneself;
    ¡que te diviertas! have fun!, enjoy yourself!;

    nos divertimos mucho en la fiesta we had a really good time at the party
    divertido,-a adjetivo funny, amusing: son una pareja muy divertida, they are a very amusing couple
    un libro divertido, a funny book ➣ Ver nota en funny
    divertir verbo transitivo to amuse, entertain

    ' divertido' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amén
    - divertida
    - lance
    - monda
    - salada
    - salado
    - simpática
    - simpático
    - tío
    - cachondo
    - gracioso
    - más
    - piola
    English:
    amusing
    - comic
    - enjoyable
    - entertaining
    - fun
    - funny
    - humorous
    - hysterical
    - riotously
    - amused
    - company
    * * *
    divertido, -a adj
    1. [entretenido] [película, libro] entertaining;
    [fiesta] enjoyable;
    la fiesta fue de lo más divertido it was such an enjoyable party
    2. [gracioso] [persona, chiste] funny, amusing;
    es un chico muy divertido he's a very funny o amusing boy;
    encontraba divertido aquel entusiasmo pueril I found this childish enthusiasm amusing
    3. Andes, Arg, Guat [achispado] tipsy
    * * *
    adj
    1 funny
    2 ( entretenido) entertaining
    * * *
    divertido, -da adj
    1) : amusing, funny
    2) : entertaining, enjoyable
    * * *
    1. (gracioso) funny [comp. funnier; superl. funniest] / amusing
    2. (entretenido) enjoyable
    ¡qué divertido! what fun!

    Spanish-English dictionary > divertido

  • 77 subida

    f.
    1 hill (cuesta).
    2 ascent, climb.
    3 increase, rise (aumento).
    se espera una subida de las temperaturas temperatures are expected to rise
    subida de precios price increase
    4 pick-up, recovery in prices.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: subir.
    * * *
    1 (ascenso) ascent, climb
    2 (pendiente) slope, hill
    3 (automovilismo) hill climb
    4 figurado (aumento - gen) increase; (- de temperatura) rise; (- de precios, salario) rise, increase
    5 argot (drogas) high
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) rise
    2) ascent, climb
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=ascensión) [de montaña, cuesta] ascent
    2) (=pendiente) slope, hill
    3) (=aumento) rise, increase

    subida salarial — pay rise, wage increase

    4) * [de drogas] high *
    * * *
    a) ( pendiente) rise, climb
    b) ( a montaña) ascent, climb; ( al poder) rise
    c) (de temperatura, precios, salarios) rise, increase
    * * *
    = climb, flow, rise, rise, upturn, climb up, raise, upward spiral, upswing, escalation, spiral, hike, ascent, mark-up [markup].
    Ex. The graph of the growth of the subject shows an initial flat, a steep climb, a small flat, and a rapid decline.
    Ex. The vocabulary used in conjunction with PRECIS is split in two sections, one part for Entities (or things) and the other for Attributes (properties of things, for example colour, weight; activities of things, for example flow, and properties of activities, for example, slow, turbulent).
    Ex. The rapid rise of computer literacy in the world has led to a demand for the easy availability of many kinds of information.
    Ex. Consideration must be given to vertical rises (from floor to floor), wiring compartment (don't underestimate need), horizontal cable distribution, and ducting systems.
    Ex. The only hope for the future of the industry lies in a general upturn in the economy.
    Ex. Women's climb up the career ladder has been fostered through programmes which aim to instil gender awareness in existing male members of staff.
    Ex. The article has the tile 'Look out bosses! Union power's going to get your employees a raise!'.
    Ex. Most worrying for all retailers is the continuing upward spiral in overheads and specifically in rents and rates.
    Ex. The author discusses the current upswing in paperback sales of children's books in the USA and the slump in hardback sales.
    Ex. Such a formula would seek to contain the escalation in serial prices.
    Ex. The spiral begins its downward swirl very early in life when a child has difficulty learning to read.
    Ex. The double-digit tuition hikes of recent years have slowed, though tuition is still rising faster than the inflation rate.
    Ex. Highways with repeating hairpin turns allow easier, safer ascents and descents of mountainous terrain than a direct, steep climb and descent.
    Ex. Customers will be charged either a mark-up or a mark-down, depending on whether they are buying or selling.
    ----
    * experimentar una subida = experience + rise.
    * subida acusada = sharp rise.
    * subida al poder = seizure of power.
    * subida de las tasas = rate increase.
    * subida de los tipos de interés = rate increase, interest-rate increase.
    * subida de precios = price rise, rising costs, price increase, increased price, price hike, price hike.
    * subida de temperatura = heat gain.
    * subida espectacular = steep rise.
    * subida salarial = pay increase, salary increase, pay rise, salary rise, salary hike, raise.
    * subida salarial por méritos = merit increase.
    * subidas y bajadas = highs and lows.
    * subida vertiginosa = spiralling [spiraling, -USA].
    * * *
    a) ( pendiente) rise, climb
    b) ( a montaña) ascent, climb; ( al poder) rise
    c) (de temperatura, precios, salarios) rise, increase
    * * *
    = climb, flow, rise, rise, upturn, climb up, raise, upward spiral, upswing, escalation, spiral, hike, ascent, mark-up [markup].

    Ex: The graph of the growth of the subject shows an initial flat, a steep climb, a small flat, and a rapid decline.

    Ex: The vocabulary used in conjunction with PRECIS is split in two sections, one part for Entities (or things) and the other for Attributes (properties of things, for example colour, weight; activities of things, for example flow, and properties of activities, for example, slow, turbulent).
    Ex: The rapid rise of computer literacy in the world has led to a demand for the easy availability of many kinds of information.
    Ex: Consideration must be given to vertical rises (from floor to floor), wiring compartment (don't underestimate need), horizontal cable distribution, and ducting systems.
    Ex: The only hope for the future of the industry lies in a general upturn in the economy.
    Ex: Women's climb up the career ladder has been fostered through programmes which aim to instil gender awareness in existing male members of staff.
    Ex: The article has the tile 'Look out bosses! Union power's going to get your employees a raise!'.
    Ex: Most worrying for all retailers is the continuing upward spiral in overheads and specifically in rents and rates.
    Ex: The author discusses the current upswing in paperback sales of children's books in the USA and the slump in hardback sales.
    Ex: Such a formula would seek to contain the escalation in serial prices.
    Ex: The spiral begins its downward swirl very early in life when a child has difficulty learning to read.
    Ex: The double-digit tuition hikes of recent years have slowed, though tuition is still rising faster than the inflation rate.
    Ex: Highways with repeating hairpin turns allow easier, safer ascents and descents of mountainous terrain than a direct, steep climb and descent.
    Ex: Customers will be charged either a mark-up or a mark-down, depending on whether they are buying or selling.
    * experimentar una subida = experience + rise.
    * subida acusada = sharp rise.
    * subida al poder = seizure of power.
    * subida de las tasas = rate increase.
    * subida de los tipos de interés = rate increase, interest-rate increase.
    * subida de precios = price rise, rising costs, price increase, increased price, price hike, price hike.
    * subida de temperatura = heat gain.
    * subida espectacular = steep rise.
    * subida salarial = pay increase, salary increase, pay rise, salary rise, salary hike, raise.
    * subida salarial por méritos = merit increase.
    * subidas y bajadas = highs and lows.
    * subida vertiginosa = spiralling [spiraling, -USA].

    * * *
    A
    1 (pendiente) rise, climb
    ir de or ( AmL) en subida to go uphill
    2 (a una montaña) ascent, climb; (al trono) ascent; (al poder) rise
    la subida fue más dura que la bajada the ascent was harder than the descent o going up was harder than coming down
    3 (de precios, salarios) rise, increase; (de temperatura) rise, increase
    se registró una fuerte subida del yen there was a sharp rise in the value of the yen, the yen rose sharply o substantially
    la subida del río supuso un peligro the river rose to a dangerous level
    B ( Inf) upload
    * * *

    subida sustantivo femenino


    ( al poder) rise
    c) (de temperatura, precios, salarios) rise, increase

    subido,-a adj fam (intenso) un rojo subido, a deep red
    ♦ Locuciones: una conversación subida de tono, a risqué conversation
    subida sustantivo femenino
    1 (incremento de precios, temperatura, etc) rise, increase
    2 (cuesta, pendiente) slope, hill
    3 (a una montaña) ascent
    ' subida' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ascenso
    - negociar
    - protesta
    - protestar
    - subido
    - brusco
    - crecida
    - escalada
    - trabajoso
    English:
    ascent
    - climb
    - demand
    - escalation
    - gazumping
    - increase
    - jump
    - pay increase
    - rise
    - scramble
    - way
    - hike
    - raise
    - soar
    - up
    * * *
    subida nf
    1. [cuesta] hill
    2. [ascensión] ascent, climb;
    el tenista australiano se impuso en sus subidas a la red the Australian player showed his superiority when he came to the net
    3. [aumento] increase, rise;
    se espera una subida de las temperaturas temperatures are expected to rise
    subida de sueldo Br pay rise, US pay raise
    4. Comp
    RP Fam
    una subida al carro an attempt to jump on the bandwagon
    * * *
    f rise, ascent;
    subida de los precios rise in prices
    * * *
    subida nf
    1) : ascent, climb
    2) : rise, increase
    3) : slope, hill
    ir de subida: to go uphill
    * * *
    1. (aumento) rise
    2. (ascenso) ascent / climb
    3. (cuesta) hill / slope

    Spanish-English dictionary > subida

  • 78 suponer

    v.
    1 to suppose.
    supongo que ya habrán llegado I suppose o expect (that) they'll have arrived by now
    supongo que sí/no I suppose o expect so/not
    supongamos que me niego supposing I refuse
    es de suponer que se disculparán I would expect them to apologize
    suponiendo que… supposing o assuming that…
    María supone bien Mary supposes well.
    Esto supone un riesgo This entails a risk.
    2 to involve, to entail.
    Supone muchos peligros It involves much danger.
    3 to mean.
    4 to imagine.
    lo suponía I guessed as much
    te suponía mayor I thought you were older
    5 to be important.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ PONER], like link=poner poner (pp supuesto,-a)
    1 (gen) to suppose, assume
    2 (significar) to mean
    3 (conllevar) to mean, entail, require
    4 (adivinar) to guess; (imaginar) to imagine, think
    5 (creer) to think
    1 familiar supposition
    \
    como es de suponer as is to be expected
    ser de suponer to be likely
    * * *
    verb
    1) to suppose, presume
    * * *
    ( pp supuesto)
    1. VT
    1) (=imaginar) to imagine

    estoy muy satisfecho, como puedes suponer — I'm very pleased, as you can imagine

    ya puedes suponer lo que pasóyou can guess o imagine what happened

    le pagaron, supongamos, diez millones — he was paid, say, ten million

    es de suponer, es de suponer que haya protestas — I would imagine there will be protests, presumably there will be protests

    están muy apenados, como es de suponer — they are very upset, as you would expect

    como era de suponer, llegaron tarde — as was to be expected, they arrived late

    2)

    suponer que[intentando adivinar] to imagine that, suppose that, guess that *; [como hipótesis] to suppose that; [dando por sentado] to assume that, presume that

    supongo que necesitaréis unas vacacionesI imagine o suppose you'll need a holiday, I guess you'll need a holiday *

    sí, supongo que tienes razón — yes, I suppose you're right, yes, I guess you're right *

    supón que tuvieras mucho dinero, ¿qué harías? — suppose o supposing you had a lot of money, what would you do?

    suponiendo que todo salga según lo previstoassuming o presuming everything goes according to plan

    supongo que no, -¿crees que llegará tarde? -no lo sé, supongo que no — "do you think he'll be late?" - "I don't know, I don't suppose so"

    -no será fácil -no, supongo que no — "it won't be easy" - "no, I suppose not"

    supongo que — I suppose so, I imagine so, I guess so *

    3) (=atribuir)
    [con objeto indirecto de persona]

    os suponía informados de este asuntoI assumed o presumed you had been informed about this matter

    le supongo unos 60 añosI would say o guess he's about 60

    se le supone una gran antigüedadit is thought o believed to be very old

    4) (=implicar) to mean
    2.
    See:
    3.
    SM

    un suponer, a ver, un suponer, si tú fueras su marido, ¿qué harías? — OK, just supposing you were her husband, what would you do?

    si te ofrecen el puesto, es un suponer, ¿lo aceptarías? — supposing o suppose they were to offer you the job, would you accept?

    supongamos, es solo un suponer, que eso sea verdad — let us suppose, for the sake of argument, that it is true

    * * *
    I

    si quebraran, es un suponer,... — suppose o supposing they were to go bankrupt,...

    si, es un suponer, perdieses tu trabajo... — just supposing for the sake of argument that you were to lose your job

    II
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar como hipótesis) to suppose, assume

    supongamos que lo que dice es ciertolet's suppose o assume what he says is true

    supongamos que los dos ángulos son igualeslet us suppose o assume that both angles are equal

    b) ( imaginar)

    nada hacía suponer que... — there was nothing to suggest that...

    ¿va a venir hoy? - supongo que sí — is she coming today? - I should think so o I imagine so

    es de suponer que se lo habrán dichopresumably o I should think o I would imagine he's been told

    c) ( atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    le suponía más edadI imagined o thought he was older

    se le suponía un valor aproximado de... — it was thought to be worth approximately...

    2) (significar, implicar) to mean

    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio — that would mean having to start from the beginning again; (+ me/te/le etc)

    * * *
    = assume, entail, guess, involve, mean, presume, surmise, suppose, gather, account for.
    Ex. The foregoing discussion concerning analytical entries assumes implicitly a conventional catalogue format, that is, card, microform or other printed catalogue.
    Ex. Secondly, the admission of rules incompatible with the general ideology adopted inevitably entails subsequent remedial revision.
    Ex. 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.
    Ex. Generating author indexes or catalogues involves creating headings from author's names, that is the names of persons or organisations.
    Ex. These changes have meant modifications, some very time-consuming, to serials catalogues in libraries.
    Ex. We presumed this principle of organization in the case of searching the public library for a document about programmed instruction.
    Ex. One is to read a portion of the newspaper and to surmise under what headings it has been indexed.
    Ex. Suppose we are searching for information about the subject 'The use of television in remedial teaching in primary schools'.
    Ex. The script was improvised on an outline which, I gathered, was the result of three sessions' hard talking to decide whose ideas out of the many suggested should be used.
    Ex. The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.
    ----
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * es de suponer que = presumably.
    * gastos que no suponen un gran desembolso de dinero = out-of-pocket costs.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * que supone = associated with.
    * según cabe suponer = presumably, supposedly.
    * según sabe suponer = allegedly.
    * suponer la diferencia entre el éxito o el fracaso = make or break.
    * suponer peligro = hold + danger.
    * suponerse que + Subjuntivo = be alleged + Infinitivo.
    * suponer una avance sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer una diferencia sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer un avance = be a step forward.
    * suponer un cambio = bring about + change.
    * supongo que = I daresay that.
    * * *
    I

    si quebraran, es un suponer,... — suppose o supposing they were to go bankrupt,...

    si, es un suponer, perdieses tu trabajo... — just supposing for the sake of argument that you were to lose your job

    II
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar como hipótesis) to suppose, assume

    supongamos que lo que dice es ciertolet's suppose o assume what he says is true

    supongamos que los dos ángulos son igualeslet us suppose o assume that both angles are equal

    b) ( imaginar)

    nada hacía suponer que... — there was nothing to suggest that...

    ¿va a venir hoy? - supongo que sí — is she coming today? - I should think so o I imagine so

    es de suponer que se lo habrán dichopresumably o I should think o I would imagine he's been told

    c) ( atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    le suponía más edadI imagined o thought he was older

    se le suponía un valor aproximado de... — it was thought to be worth approximately...

    2) (significar, implicar) to mean

    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio — that would mean having to start from the beginning again; (+ me/te/le etc)

    * * *
    = assume, entail, guess, involve, mean, presume, surmise, suppose, gather, account for.

    Ex: The foregoing discussion concerning analytical entries assumes implicitly a conventional catalogue format, that is, card, microform or other printed catalogue.

    Ex: Secondly, the admission of rules incompatible with the general ideology adopted inevitably entails subsequent remedial revision.
    Ex: 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.
    Ex: Generating author indexes or catalogues involves creating headings from author's names, that is the names of persons or organisations.
    Ex: These changes have meant modifications, some very time-consuming, to serials catalogues in libraries.
    Ex: We presumed this principle of organization in the case of searching the public library for a document about programmed instruction.
    Ex: One is to read a portion of the newspaper and to surmise under what headings it has been indexed.
    Ex: Suppose we are searching for information about the subject 'The use of television in remedial teaching in primary schools'.
    Ex: The script was improvised on an outline which, I gathered, was the result of three sessions' hard talking to decide whose ideas out of the many suggested should be used.
    Ex: The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * es de suponer que = presumably.
    * gastos que no suponen un gran desembolso de dinero = out-of-pocket costs.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * que supone = associated with.
    * según cabe suponer = presumably, supposedly.
    * según sabe suponer = allegedly.
    * suponer la diferencia entre el éxito o el fracaso = make or break.
    * suponer peligro = hold + danger.
    * suponerse que + Subjuntivo = be alleged + Infinitivo.
    * suponer una avance sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer una diferencia sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer un avance = be a step forward.
    * suponer un cambio = bring about + change.
    * supongo que = I daresay that.

    * * *
    imagínate que te toca la lotería, es un suponer, ¿qué harías? imagine you won the lottery, just supposing, what would you do?
    si la empresa quebrara, es un suponer, … just suppose o just supposing the company were to go bankrupt, …, if the company were to go bankrupt, just for the sake of argument, …
    suponer2 [ E22 ]
    vt
    A
    supongamos que lo que dice es cierto let's suppose o assume what he says is true
    suponiendo que todo salga como está previsto assuming everything goes according to plan
    supongamos que los dos ángulos son iguales let us suppose o assume that both angles are equal
    ni aun suponiendo que fuera verdad, no tiene derecho a hablar así even supposing it were true, he has no right to talk like that
    2
    (imaginar): supuse que ibas a comprarlo tú I thought o presumed o assumed you were going to buy it
    supongo que tienes razón I suppose you're right
    nada hacía suponer que ocurriría una cosa así there was nothing to suggest o there was no reason to suppose that something like that would happen
    ¿va a venir hoy? — supongo que sí is she coming today? — I should think so o I imagine so
    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho presumably o I should think o I would assume o I would imagine he's been told
    era de suponer que se lo iban a dar it was to be expected that they would give it to him
    se supone que tendría que empezar a las nueve it's supposed to start at nine
    ¿dónde se supone que vamos? where are we supposed o meant to be going?
    3 (atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le suponía más edad I imagined o thought he was older
    se le suponen propiedades medicinales it is believed o held to have medicinal qualities
    al cuadro se le suponía un valor aproximado de … the painting was thought to be worth approximately …
    B (significar, implicar) to mean
    el proyecto supondrá una inversión de cinco millones de dólares the project will mean an investment of five million dollars
    la preparación del congreso supuso cinco meses de trabajo the preparation for the convention involved o took five months' work
    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio that would mean having to start from the beginning again
    (+ me/te/le etc): ese negocio no le supuso ningún beneficio that deal didn't make him any profit
    no me supone problema ninguno/ninguna molestia it's no trouble at all
    el traslado nos va a suponer muchos inconvenientes the move will cause us a great deal of inconvenience, the move will mean o will involve a great deal of inconvenience
    * * *

     

    suponer ( conjugate suponer) verbo transitivo
    1

    supongamos que lo que dice es cierto let's suppose o assume what he says is true;

    suponiendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes OK
    b) ( imaginar):


    ¿va a venir hoy? — supongo que sí is she coming today? — I should think so o I suppose so;
    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho presumably o I should think he's been told;
    se supone que empieza a las nueve it's supposed to start at nine
    2 (significar, implicar) to mean;

    suponer verbo transitivo
    1 (creer, imaginar) to suppose: supongamos que..., let's assume o suppose that...
    supongo que me llamarán, I presume they're going to phone me
    supongo que sí, I suppose so
    se supone que acaba a las seis, it's supposed to finish at six
    se supone que él es el entendido, he's supposed to be the expert
    te suponía en París, I thought you were in Paris
    2 (conllevar, significar) to mean, involve: no supone ningún riesgo, it doesn't involve any risk
    (la amistad, el aprecio) to mean ➣ Ver nota en mean
    ♦ Locuciones: ser de suponer: es de suponer que se lo han contado, presumably o I would imagine she's been told
    ser un suponer, to be conjecture
    ' suponer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    condicionamiento
    - creer
    - esperar
    - hacer
    - imaginar
    - imaginarse
    - jugar
    - significar
    - asumir
    - supuse
    English:
    assume
    - entail
    - expect
    - guess
    - imagine
    - imply
    - involve
    - mean
    - pose
    - presumably
    - presume
    - suppose
    - surmise
    - take
    - say
    * * *
    nm
    imagino que nos invitarán – eso es un suponer I imagine they'll invite us – that's pure conjecture o you can't say for sure;
    imagina, y es un suponer, que te quedas sin dinero imagine, for the sake of argument, that you didn't have any money
    vt
    1. [creer, presuponer] to suppose;
    supongo que ya habrán llegado I suppose o expect (that) they'll have arrived by now;
    supongo que tienes razón I suppose o guess you're right;
    supongo que sí/no I suppose o expect so/not;
    supongamos que me niego supposing I refuse;
    es de suponer que se disculparán I would expect them to apologize;
    es de suponer una nueva bajada de los tipos de interés a further drop in interest rates seems likely, we can expect a further drop in interest rates;
    al final lo perdí todo – era de suponer in the end I lost everything – it was only to be expected o that's hardly surprising;
    nada hacía suponer que… there was nothing to suggest that…;
    todo hacía suponer que se llegaría a un acuerdo everything pointed to an agreement;
    suponiendo que… supposing o assuming that…;
    suponiendo que no te moleste as long as o assuming it doesn't bother you
    2. [implicar] to involve, to entail;
    una dieta así supone mucho sacrificio a diet like that involves a lot of sacrifices;
    esto nos supone un cambio de planes this involves o entails o means a change of plan for us;
    no me supuso ningún esfuerzo it was no trouble (for me)
    3. [significar] to mean;
    supone mucho para mí it means a lot to me;
    este descubrimiento supone un importante avance para la ciencia this discovery constitutes a major advance for science
    4. [conjeturar] to imagine;
    lo suponía I guessed as much;
    te suponía mayor I thought you were older
    * * *
    <part supuesto> v/t suppose, assume;
    supongamos que … let’s suppose o assume that …;
    supongo que sí I suppose so
    * * *
    suponer {60} vt
    1) presumir: to suppose, to assume
    supongo que sí: I guess so, I suppose so
    se supone que van a llegar mañana: they're supposed to arrive tomorrow
    2) : to imply, to suggest
    3) : to involve, to entail
    el éxito supone mucho trabajo: success involves a lot of work
    * * *
    1. (creer) to suppose / to expect
    2. (significar) to mean [pt. & pp. meant]
    3. (implicar, conllevar) to involve / to be
    supongamos que... supposing...

    Spanish-English dictionary > suponer

  • 79 αὐτός

    αὐτός (Cret. [full] ἀϝτός GDI4976, al.), αὐτή, αὐτό (also
    A

    αὐτόν Leg.Gort. 3.4

    , al.), reflexive Pron., self:—in oblique cases used for the personal Pron., him, her, it:—with Art., ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.
    I self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb: freq. joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (v. infr. 10),
    1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.11.602; reversely, body, not soul, Il.1.4; oneself, as opp. others who are less prominent, as king to subject, 6.18; Zeus to other gods, 8.4; bird to young, 2.317; man to wife and children, Od.14.265; warrior to horses, Il.2.466, or to weapons, 1.47; shepherd to herd, Od.9.167, cf. Il.1.51; Trojans to allies, 11.220; seamen to ships, 7.338: generally, whole to parts, ib. 474; so later

    ἡ σίδη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰ φύλλα Thphr.HP4.10.7

    , cf. X.Ath.1.19, Pl.Grg. 511e, etc.;

    αὐτή τε Μανδάνη καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα X.Cyr.1.3.1

    ;

    αὐ. τε καὶ τὰ ποιήματα βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι Pl.R. 398a

    : abs., the Master, as in the Pythag. phrase Αὐτὸς ἔφα, Lat. Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος.. ;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Ar.Nu. 218; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν ib. 219;

    ἀνοιγέτω τις δώματ'· Αὐτὸς ἔρχεται

    the Master,

    Id.Fr. 268

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 314d, Thphr.Char.2.4, Men.Sam.41:

    αὐ. ἀϋτεῖ Theoc.24.50

    : neut., αὐτὸ σημανεῖ the result will show, E.Ph. 623;

    αὐτὸ δηλώσει D.19.157

    ;

    αὐτὰ δηλοῖ Pl.Prt. 329b

    ; αὐτὸ διδάξει ib. 324a; esp.

    αὐτὸ δείξει Cratin. 177

    , Pl.Hp.Ma. 288b, cf. Tht. 200e; in full,

    τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει τοὔργον S.Fr. 388

    ;

    τοὔργον τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει Ar.Lys. 375

    ; redupl.,

    αὐτός θ' ὁ χρήσας αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798

    ; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Il.13.615; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Lys.12.12; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, X. An.4.7.7;

    αὐτὸ ὃ μάλιστα ἔδει ῥηθῆναι Pl.R. 362d

    ; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Th.2.3; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, X.Mem. 4.5.7;

    αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα D.H.Th.23

    ; even,

    οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης Il.6.451

    ;

    εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν 2.597

    .—In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the Art. and Subst., or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Art. is sts. omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals,

    αὐτὸς Μένων X.An.2.1.5

    ; αὐτὸς βασιλεύς ib.1.7.11.
    2 of oneself, of one's own accord,

    ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω Il.17.254

    ;

    σπεύδοντα καὶ αὐτὸν ὀτρύνεις 8.293

    ;

    καταπαύσομεν· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ παυέσθων Od.2.168

    ;

    ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά S.OT 341

    ; also, in person,

    τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον D.1.2

    .
    3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.8.99; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ', i.e. without a mother, 5.880, cf. Hes.Th. 924;

    ἀνακομισθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐς Φάληρον

    by himself,

    Hdt.5.85

    ; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Ar.Ach. 504, cf. Th. 472, Pl.Prm. 137b, Herod.6.70, Plu.2.755c, Luc. DDeor.10.2;

    αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι.. ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις X.An.2.3.7

    ;

    ἄνευ τοῦ σίτου τὸ ὄψον αὐτὸ ἐσθίειν Id.Mem.3.14.3

    ;

    τὸν τρίβωνα ὃν αὐτὸν φορεῖ Thphr.Char.22.13

    (prob.); αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Emp.21.13, al.: strengthd., αὐτὸς κτήσατο οἶος himself alone, Od.14.450; αὐτὸς μόνος, v. μόνος II; αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτόν, v. ἑαυτοῦ.
    4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea,

    δίκαιον αὐτό Pl.Phd. 65d

    ;

    αὐτὸ τὸ ἕν Id.Prm. 143a

    , al., cf. Arist. Metaph. 997b8: neut., αὐτό is freq. in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders,

    οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις Pl.R. 363a

    ; less freq. with Art.,

    τί ποτ' ἐστὶν αὐτὸ ἡ ἀρετή Id.Prt. 360e

    ; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ οὔ; Id.Smp. 199d; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, ibid.e: later, in compos., αὐτοαγαθόν, αὐτοάνθρωπος, etc. (q. v.), cf. Arist.Metaph. 1040b33; less freq. agreeing with the Subst.,

    ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη Pl.R. 612c

    , etc.; doubled,

    ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος μανθάνειν αὐτήν τε αὐτήν, εἰ καλῶς εἴκασται

    its very self,

    Id.Cra. 439a

    .
    5 in dat. with Subst., in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Il.9.194; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all, 14.498, cf. Od.13.118;

    αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει E. Ion 32

    , cf. Hipp. 1213; also without

    σύν, αὐτῇ κεν γαίῃ ἐρύσαι Il.8.24

    : so freq. in Prose and Poetry, αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι men and all, Hdt.6.93; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, A.Pr. 223 (lyr.);

    αὐτοῖς μελάθροις διακναιομένους E.Med. 164

    : with Art.,

    αὐτοῖσι τοῖσι ἱματίοισι ἀπ' ὦν ἔβαψε ἑωυτόν Hdt.2.47

    ;

    αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξι Ar.Eq. 849

    , etc.;

    αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἵπποις κατακρημνισθῆναι X.Cyr.1.4.7

    .
    6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, Th.1.46, cf. 8.35, X.HG2.2.17, Apoc.17.11, etc.:— αὐτός always being the chief person.
    7 freq. coupled with

    οὗτος, τοῦτ' αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν Pl.Plt. 267c

    , etc.;

    αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον Id.Grg. 500b

    ; also

    λεγόντων ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν.. αὐτὰ δὲ τάδε Th.1.139

    ;

    πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον X.An.7.1.27

    ; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e.
    8 καὶ αὐτός himself too, Od.7.73, 14.45, X.An.5.5.9, etc.
    9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis,

    αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν Lys.12.68

    , cf. A.Fr. 350, X.An.3.2.4.
    10 in connexion with the person. Pron.,

    ἐγὼν αὐτός Od.2.194

    ;

    σέθεν αὐτοῦ Il.23.312

    ;

    νωΐτερον αὐτῶν 15.39

    (always divisim in Hom.); folld. by an enclit. Pron.,

    αὐτόν μιν Od.4.244

    ; so

    αὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ Προμηθέως A.Pr.86

    ; also

    αὐτὸς ἔγωγε Pl.Phd. 59b

    , etc.:— after Hom. in the oblique cases αὐτός coalesces with the Pron., ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ (these not in Alc. or Sapph., A.D.Pron.80.10 sqq.), ἑαυτοῦ, etc. (q. v.).
    b with person. Pron. omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Il.13.252; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν, 24.503;

    αὐτῶν γὰρ ἀπωλόμεθ' ἀφραδίῃσιν Od.10.27

    ; in 2.33 οἱ αὐτῷ is simply a strengthd. form of οἱ; and so in [dialect] Att., when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. Pron., cf. X.Cyr.6.2.25 with 6.1.14.
    c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness,

    αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ A.Th. 406

    ; αὐτοὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν ib. 194;

    αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτούς X.Mem.3.5.4

    ;

    αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 201e

    ; sts. between the Art. and reflex. Pron.,

    τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται A.Ag. 836

    , cf. Pr. 762;

    τούς γ' αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πολεμίους S.Aj. 1132

    : also κατ' αὐτὺ ([dialect] Boeot. for αὐτοὶ)

    αὐτῶν IG7.3172.121

    (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.).
    11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Il.12.225, Od.8.107, 16.138, Pi.N.5.1 (never in Trag.), and in later Prose,

    αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις IG 14.966

    (ii A. D.), cf. Ev.Luc.23.12.
    12 [comp] Comp.

    αὐτότερος Epich.5

    : [comp] Sup.

    αὐτότατος

    his very self,

    Ar.Pl.83

    : neut. pl. αὐτότατα dub. in Phld.Piet.80. Adv., [comp] Comp.

    αὐτοτέρως Gal.18(2).431

    .
    II he, she, it, for the simple Pron. of 3 pers., only in oblique cases (exc. in later Gk., Ev.Luc.4.15, etc.), and rarely first in a sentence, Pl.La. 194e, and later, Ep.Eph.2.10, etc.: rare in [dialect] Ep., Il. 12.204 (where Hdn. treated it as enclitic), and mostly emphatic, ib.14.457, Od.16.388; so in Trag., E.Hel. 421: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence,

    ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι X.An.2.4.7

    ;

    πειράσομαι τῷ πάππῳ.. συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.1.3.15

    ;

    ἄνδρα δὴ.. εἰ ἀφίκοιτο εἰς τὴν πόλιν, προσκυνοῖμεν ἂν αὐτόν Pl.R. 398a

    ; after a Relative,

    ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218

    ;

    οὓς μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν X.An.6

    . 4.9, cf. 1.9.29; esp. where a second Verb requires a change of case in the Pron.,

    οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι Id.An.2.5.27

    ;

    ἐκεῖνοι οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθ' οἱ λέγοντες οὐδ' ἐφίλουν αὐτούς D.3.24

    ; in subdivisions,

    ὅσοι.. οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν.. X.Cyr.1.1.1

    , cf. Pl.Chrm. 168e; later, pleonastically after a Relative,

    ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν Call.Epigr.43

    , cf. Ev.Luc.3.16, Apoc.7.2, etc.: in S.Ph. 316 αὐτοῖς is emphatic 'in their own persons'.
    III with Art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and [dialect] Att. [var] contr. αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre, cf. S.OT 734 with 325, and in Prose to avoid hiatus): gen. ταὐτοῦ, dat. ταὐτῷ, pl. neut. ταὐτά; [dialect] Ion. ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Hom., Il. 6.391, Od.7.55, 326;

    ὁ αὐ. εἰμι τῇ γνώμῃ Th.3.38

    , cf. 5.75;

    ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79

    : c. dat., to denote sameness or agreement, esp. in Prose,

    τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν Hdt.4.119

    ;

    τὸν αὐτὸν χῶρον ἐκλιπὼν ἐμοί A.Ch. 543

    ; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Pl. Euthd. 298a; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., X.An.3.1.27; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one, ib.30, cf. A.Ch. 210;

    κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Νείλῳ Hdt.2.20

    ;

    τῇ αὐτῇ.. καί Id.4.109

    ;

    τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν καὶ κατ' ἐκείνην ἡλικίαν Isoc.5.83

    ;

    ὁ αὐτός.. ὥσπερ Pl.Phd. 86a

    ;

    ἐς ταὐτὸν ἀλλήλοις

    face to face,

    Jul.Or.2.5a0

    .
    2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named,

    Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ. PLille23.8

    (iii B. C.), etc.
    IV Adverbial phrases:
    1

    αὐτὸ μόνον

    simply, merely,

    Ph. 2.252

    , etc.;

    αὐ. μόνον ἐργάτης Luc.Somn.9

    ;

    αὐ. μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φωνῆς A.D.Synt.22.20

    .
    2 αὐτό as Adv., = ἄρτι, Epigr.Gr.540.1 ([place name] Thrace).
    3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as Adv., PGrenf.1.114 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Pet. 1.5;

    τῆς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κινουμένης σφαίρας Iamb. Comm.Math.17

    .
    4 with Preps.,

    ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό

    added together, making a total,

    PLond.2.196.37

    (ii A. D.);

    κατὰ τὸ αὐτό

    together, at the same time,

    Act.Ap. 14.1

    , etc.; but

    κατ' αὐτό

    just then,

    Hdn.1.12.3

    .
    V In Compos.:
    1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος.
    2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς.
    3 in the abstract, the ideal, v. supr.1.4.
    4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα.
    5 rarely with reflex. sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω.
    6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος.
    7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., v. the respective Arts.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > αὐτός

  • 80 apuntar

    v.
    1 to make a note of, to note down.
    he apuntado a mi hijo a clases de natación I've put my son's name down for swimming lessons, I've signed my son up for swimming lessons
    apúntamelo (en la cuenta) put it on my account
    2 to point (dirigir) (dedo).
    apuntar una pistola hacia alguien, apuntar a alguien con una pistola to aim a gun at somebody
    Pedro apunta el arma Peter points the gun.
    3 to prompt (Teatro).
    fue expulsada de clase por apuntar las respuestas a un compañero she was thrown out of the classroom for whispering the answers to a classmate
    4 to hint at.
    5 to appear.
    6 to write down, to note down, to jot down, to put in writing.
    María apunta los comentarios Mary writes down the comments.
    7 to take aim.
    Pedro apunta hacia Ricardo Peter takes aim at Richard.
    8 to enroll, to add on to the list.
    María apunta a Silvia Mary enrolls Silvia.
    9 to point out, to indicate.
    Pedro apunta las necesidades de ella Peter points out her needs.
    10 to denote to, to indicate to, to suggest to.
    La carta apunta desistir del plan The letter denotes to desist of the plan
    * * *
    1 (señalar) to point (a, at)
    apuntó que... she pointed out that...
    2 (arma) to aim
    ¡apunten! take aim!
    3 (anotar) to note down, make a note of
    se lo apunto en cuenta I'll put it on your account, I'll charge it to your account
    4 (estar encaminado) to be aimed (a, at), be designed (a, to)
    5 (insinuar) to suggest, indicate
    6 (sujetar) to stitch, pin lightly, tack lightly
    7 TEATRO to prompt
    8 familiar (en un examen) to whisper the answer to
    1 to begin to appear
    2 TEATRO to prompt
    1 (inscribirse) to enrol
    2 familiar (participar) to take part (a, in)
    ¿te apuntas? are you game?
    \
    apuntarse un tanto to score a point
    * * *
    verb
    5) suggest, hint
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=dirigir) [+ cámara, pistola, misil] to aim (a at)
    train (a on)
    2) (=sugerir) to point out

    apuntó la posibilidad de que no hubiera sido un suicidio — she suggested the possibility that it mightn't have been suicide, she pointed out that it mightn't have been suicide

    3) (=anotar)
    a) [en cuaderno] make a note of, note down; [en lista, tabla] to enter, record

    apuntó la dirección en su agenda — she made a note of the address in her diary, she noted down the address in her diary

    apuntó la temperatura en un gráficoshe recorded o wrote down the temperature on a graph

    b) (Estadística) [+ velocidad, tiempo] to log
    4) (=inscribir) [en lista] to put down; [en colegio, curso] to enrol, enroll (EEUU); [en concurso, competición] to enter, put down

    ¿me puedes apuntar para la cena de Navidad? — could you put me down for the Christmas dinner?

    5) (=decir en voz baja) [a actor] to prompt
    6) (=afilar) to sharpen, put a point on
    7) (=apostar) [+ dinero] to bet
    8) (Cos) to fasten
    2. VI
    1) (=señalar) [con arma] to aim; [con dedo, objeto] to point at

    no apuntes hacia ninguna persona[con arma] don't aim at anybody o don't point your gun at anybody; [con dedo] don't point at anybody

    ¡apunten! ¡disparen! — take aim! fire!

    apuntar con: todos le apuntaban con el dedo — everyone pointed their fingers at her

    apuntar a algn con un arma — to aim a gun at sb, point a gun at sb

    me apuntó al pecho con un fusilhe aimed o pointed the gun at my chest

    2) (=dirigirse) to point
    3) (=anotar) to note down

    ¿tienes dónde apuntar? — have you got something to note this down on?

    apunta, dos kilos de patatas y uno de uvas — note this down o make a note, two kilos of potatoes and a kilo of grapes

    4) (=surgir) [barba] to sprout

    el maíz apunta bien este año LAm the corn is coming on nicely this year

    5)

    todo apunta a que van a ganar las eleccionesthere is every indication o sign that they will win the elections, everything points to them winning the election

    todo parece apuntar a que... — everything seems to indicate that...

    6) LAm (=apostar) to bet, place bets
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar nota de) to make a note of, note down
    b) (para excursión, actividad) to put... down
    2) (Teatr) to prompt; (Educ)

    mi amiga me apuntaba las respuestas — (fam) my friend whispered the answers to me

    3) (señalar, indicar) to point at
    4) ( afirmar) to point out
    2.
    1)
    a) ( con arma) to aim

    preparen... apunten... fuego! — ready... take aim... fire!

    apuntar a alguien/algo — to aim at somebody/something

    le apuntó con una pistola — she pointed/aimed a gun at him

    b) (indicar, señalar) to point

    la aguja apunta al or hacia el norte — the needle points north

    2) ( anotar)

    apunta: comprar limones, leche... — make a note, you need to buy lemons, milk...

    ¿tienes lápiz? pues apunta — have you got a pencil? well, take o jot this down

    3) (Teatr) to prompt
    4) (liter) día to break; barba to appear, begin to show; flor/planta to sprout
    3.
    apuntarse v pron
    1)

    apuntarse a or en algo — a curso to enroll* on something; a clase to sign up for something

    vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? — we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along)?

    me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? — I'm going out for a coffee, anyone want to join me? (colloq)

    b) ( obtener) < tanto> to score; < victoria> to chalk up, achieve
    2) ( manifestarse) tendencia to become evident
    * * *
    = get at, point, point out, jot down, take + aim, take down, mark + Nombre + down as, mark + Nombre + up.
    Ex. What I'm getting at is this: At least in the CIP entry that I have seen, LC, following customary practice, made a title entry for the main title, 'Women in Librarianship', but nothing under Melvil's 'Rib Symposium'.
    Ex. An arrow pointing upwards indicates when the terminal is in insert mode.
    Ex. By means of the arrangement of document substitutes in library catalogues, and also by the arrangement of documents themselves, it is possible to point out, or indicate, classes of documents.
    Ex. Find some scrap paper and jot down the subject areas taught in schools.
    Ex. This article has been a discussion of how public libraries can take aim on quality.
    Ex. All technical processes that take place before, during and directly after the flight are taken down automatically by the flight recorder in the cockpit.
    Ex. One look convinced the employer that she was unsuited for the work, and he marked her down as unsuitable.
    Ex. If you fax your document, please include a return address -- we will edit and mark it up by hand and return it to you by post.
    ----
    * apuntar a = point + the way to, point to.
    * apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.
    * apuntar con el dedo = point + the fingers at.
    * apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.
    * apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.
    * apuntarse = enrol [enroll -USA], sign up, be game, register (with).
    * apuntarse a = join + Asociación.
    * apuntarse medallas = chalk up + achievements.
    * evidencia + apuntar a = evidence + points towards.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar nota de) to make a note of, note down
    b) (para excursión, actividad) to put... down
    2) (Teatr) to prompt; (Educ)

    mi amiga me apuntaba las respuestas — (fam) my friend whispered the answers to me

    3) (señalar, indicar) to point at
    4) ( afirmar) to point out
    2.
    1)
    a) ( con arma) to aim

    preparen... apunten... fuego! — ready... take aim... fire!

    apuntar a alguien/algo — to aim at somebody/something

    le apuntó con una pistola — she pointed/aimed a gun at him

    b) (indicar, señalar) to point

    la aguja apunta al or hacia el norte — the needle points north

    2) ( anotar)

    apunta: comprar limones, leche... — make a note, you need to buy lemons, milk...

    ¿tienes lápiz? pues apunta — have you got a pencil? well, take o jot this down

    3) (Teatr) to prompt
    4) (liter) día to break; barba to appear, begin to show; flor/planta to sprout
    3.
    apuntarse v pron
    1)

    apuntarse a or en algo — a curso to enroll* on something; a clase to sign up for something

    vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? — we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along)?

    me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? — I'm going out for a coffee, anyone want to join me? (colloq)

    b) ( obtener) < tanto> to score; < victoria> to chalk up, achieve
    2) ( manifestarse) tendencia to become evident
    * * *
    = get at, point, point out, jot down, take + aim, take down, mark + Nombre + down as, mark + Nombre + up.

    Ex: What I'm getting at is this: At least in the CIP entry that I have seen, LC, following customary practice, made a title entry for the main title, 'Women in Librarianship', but nothing under Melvil's 'Rib Symposium'.

    Ex: An arrow pointing upwards indicates when the terminal is in insert mode.
    Ex: By means of the arrangement of document substitutes in library catalogues, and also by the arrangement of documents themselves, it is possible to point out, or indicate, classes of documents.
    Ex: Find some scrap paper and jot down the subject areas taught in schools.
    Ex: This article has been a discussion of how public libraries can take aim on quality.
    Ex: All technical processes that take place before, during and directly after the flight are taken down automatically by the flight recorder in the cockpit.
    Ex: One look convinced the employer that she was unsuited for the work, and he marked her down as unsuitable.
    Ex: If you fax your document, please include a return address -- we will edit and mark it up by hand and return it to you by post.
    * apuntar a = point + the way to, point to.
    * apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.
    * apuntar con el dedo = point + the fingers at.
    * apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.
    * apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.
    * apuntarse = enrol [enroll -USA], sign up, be game, register (with).
    * apuntarse a = join + Asociación.
    * apuntarse medallas = chalk up + achievements.
    * evidencia + apuntar a = evidence + points towards.

    * * *
    apuntar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (tomar nota de) to make a note of, note down
    apunta todo lo que tienes que comprar make a note of o note down o jot down everything you have to buy
    apunta en una libreta todo lo que ha hecho en el día he notes down o writes down in a notebook everything he's done during the day, he makes a note of everything he's done during the day in a notebook
    tengo que apuntar tu dirección I must make a note of your address, I must write down your address
    apúntelo en mi cuenta put it on my account
    apunta todo porque tiene muy mala memoria he writes everything down because he has a terrible memory
    2 (en un curso) to enroll*, put … down; (para una excursión, actividad) to put … down
    quiero apuntar a la niña a or en clases de inglés I want to put my daughter's name down for o enroll my daughter for English classes
    apúntame para el sábado put me down for Saturday
    B ( Teatr) to prompt
    pasa aquí al frente para que no te apunten las respuestas ( fam); come up to the front so that no one can whisper the answers to you o help you with the answers
    C (señalar, indicar) to point at
    no la apuntes con el dedo don't point (your finger) at her
    apuntó con el dedo dónde estaba el error he pointed (with his finger) to where the mistake was, he pointed (his finger) to where the mistake was
    apuntó con una regla el lugar exacto en el mapa he used a ruler to point to o indicate the exact spot on the map
    D (afirmar, señalar) to point out
    el presidente apuntó la necesidad de un cambio radical the president pointed out the need o pointed to the need for a radical change
    apuntó que no se trataba de obtener privilegios he pointed out that it was not a matter of getting privileges
    —no sólo ocurre en este país —apuntó this isn't the only country where it happens, he pointed out
    ■ apuntar
    vi
    A
    1 (con un arma) to aim
    preparen … apunten … ¡fuego! ready … take aim … fire!
    apunta hacia or para otro lado aim (it) somewhere else
    apuntar A algn/algo to aim AT sb/sth
    apuntar al blanco to aim at the target
    le apuntó con una pistola she pointed/aimed a gun at him
    2 (indicar, señalar) to point
    la aguja apunta siempre al or hacia el norte the needle always points north
    ningún dato parece apuntar a la existencia de un compló there is no information to point to o indicate the existence of a plot
    B
    (anotar): apunta, comprar harina, leche, pan … make a note, you need to buy flour, milk, bread …
    ¿tienes papel y lápiz? pues apunta have you got paper and a pencil? well, take o jot this down
    C ( Teatr) to prompt
    D ( liter); «día» to break; «barba» to appear, begin to show; «flor/planta» to sprout
    al apuntar el alba at the break of day ( liter)
    ya apuntan los primeros capullos the first buds are already appearing
    A
    1 (inscribirse) apuntarse A or EN algo:
    me apunté a or en un cursillo de natación I enrolled on o signed up for a swimming course
    apuntarse al paro ( Esp); to register as unemployed, to sign on ( BrE colloq)
    ¿te vas a apuntar al or en el torneo? are you going to put your name down o put yourself down for the tournament?
    me apunté para ir a la excursión I put my name o myself down for the outing
    nos vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along) o ( BrE) do you fancy coming?
    vamos a salir a cenar — oye, yo me apunto we're going out for dinner — oh, I'll come!
    me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? I'm going out for a coffee, anyone interested? o anyone want to join me? ( colloq)
    2 (obtener, anotarse) ‹tanto› to score; ‹victoria› to chalk up, achieve, gain
    se apuntó un gran éxito con este libro she scored a great hit with this book
    el jugador que se apuntó el gol de la victoria the player who scored the winning goal
    B (manifestarse) to become evident
    las tendencias artísticas que ya se apuntaban a finales del siglo pasado the artistic tendencies which were already becoming evident at the end of the last century
    el festival ha profundizado en una dirección que ya se apuntaba en años anteriores the festival has continued in a direction which was already becoming evident in previous years
    * * *

     

    apuntar ( conjugate apuntar) verbo transitivo
    1

    b) (para excursión, actividad) to put … down

    2 (señalar, indicar) to point at;

    verbo intransitivo

    preparen … apunten … ¡fuego! ready … take aim … fire!;

    le apuntó con una pistola she pointed/aimed a gun at him
    b) (indicar, señalar) to point

    apuntarse verbo pronominal
    a) ( inscribirse) apuntarse a or en algo ‹ a curso› to enroll( conjugate enroll) on sth;

    a clase› to sign up for sth;

    apuntarse al paro (Esp) to register as unemployed, to sign on (BrE colloq)
    b) ( obtener) ‹ tanto to score;

    victoria to chalk up, achieve
    apuntar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (escribir) to note down, make a note of
    2 (sugerir, indicar) to indicate, suggest
    apuntar a..., to point to...
    3 (un arma) to aim
    4 (señalar) to point out
    5 Teat to prompt
    II verbo intransitivo apuntaba el siglo, the century was dawning
    ' apuntar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    señalar
    - anotar
    - nota
    English:
    aim
    - cover
    - down
    - enter
    - get down
    - jot down
    - level
    - note
    - note down
    - prompt
    - put down
    - record
    - take down
    - train
    - wildly
    - jot
    - take
    * * *
    vt
    1. [anotar] to make a note of, to note down;
    apuntar a alguien [en lista] to put sb down (en on); [en curso] to put sb's name down, to sign sb up (en o a for); [m5] apunta en una lista todo lo que quieres que compre jot down everything you want me to buy, make a list of the things you want me to buy;
    tengo que apuntar tu número de teléfono I must make a note of your phone number, I must write your phone number down somewhere;
    he apuntado a mi hijo a clases de natación I've put my son's name down for swimming lessons, I've signed my son up for swimming lessons;
    apunté a mis padres para ir a la excursión I put my parents down for the trip;
    apúntamelo (en la cuenta) put it on my account;
    ya puedes ir con cuidado, que esto lo apunto [amenaza] you'd better watch out, I'm not going to forget this
    2. [dirigir] [dedo] to point;
    [arma] to aim;
    apuntar a alguien [con el dedo] to point at sb;
    [con un arma] to aim at sb;
    apuntar una pistola hacia alguien, apuntar a alguien con una pistola to aim a gun at sb;
    les apuntó con un rifle he aimed o pointed a rifle at them;
    apuntó al blanco y disparó he took aim at the target and shot;
    la brújula apunta al norte the compass points (to the) north
    3. Teatro to prompt;
    Fam
    fue expulsada de clase por apuntar las respuestas a un compañero she was thrown out of the classroom for whispering the answers to a classmate
    4. [sugerir] to hint at;
    [indicar] to point out;
    apuntó la posibilidad de subir los impuestos he hinted that he might raise taxes;
    la policía ha apuntado la posibilidad de que los secuestradores la hayan matado the police have admitted that the kidnappers may have killed her;
    el joven jugador apunta buenos conocimientos the young player shows a lot of promise
    5. [afilar] to sharpen
    6. Col [abotonar] to button up
    vi
    1. [vislumbrarse] to appear;
    [día] to break;
    en los árboles ya apuntaban las primeras hojas the first leaves were appearing on the trees
    2. [indicar]
    apuntar a to point to;
    todo apunta a que ganará Brasil everything points to a win for Brazil;
    todas las pruebas apuntan a su culpabilidad all the evidence points to him being guilty;
    las sospechas apuntan a un grupo separatista a separatist group is suspected
    3. Teatro to prompt
    4. [con un arma] to aim;
    ¡carguen, apunten, fuego! ready, take aim, fire!;
    apuntar a lo más alto to set one's sights very high
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 ( escribir) note down, make a note of
    2 TEA prompt
    3 en curso, para viaje etc put one’s name down (en, a on;
    para for)
    4
    :
    apuntar con el dedo point at o to
    II v/i
    1 con arma aim;
    apuntar alto fig aim high, have big ambitions
    2
    :
    apunta el día lit day is breaking
    * * *
    1) : to aim, to point
    2) anotar: to write down, to jot down
    3) indicar, señalar: to point to, to point out
    4) : to prompt (in the theater)
    1) : to take aim
    2) : to become evident
    * * *
    1. (escribir) to make a note of / to note down
    2. (inscribir) to put somebody's name down [pt. & pp. put]
    3. (dirigir un arma) to aim / to point

    Spanish-English dictionary > apuntar

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Syro-Aramaic Reading of the Koran —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Blessed Virgin Mary —     The Blessed Virgin Mary     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary     The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God.     In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist —     The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     In this article we shall consider:     ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma;     ♦ the …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Incarnation —     The Incarnation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation     I. The Fact of the Incarnation     (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ     A. Old Testament Proofs     B. New Testament Proofs     C. Witness of Tradition     (2) The Human… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Sacrament of Penance —     The Sacrament of Penance     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance     Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Gallican Rite —     The Gallican Rite     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Gallican Rite     This subject will be treated under the following six heads:     I. History and Origin; II. MSS. and Other Sources; III. The Liturgical Year; IV. The Divine Office; V. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Darkness Series — is a series of six fantasy novels by Harry Turtledove. Though a fantasy the general history, geography, and combatants are analogs of World War II, or the Derlavai War in this universe.[1] Many of the characters are also the equivalents of… …   Wikipedia

  • The Death Gate Cycle — is a seven part series (heptalogy) of fantasy novels written by Margaret Weis and Tracy Hickman. The main conflict is between two powerful races, the Sartan and the Patryns, which branched off from humans following a nuclear/anti matter holocaust …   Wikipedia

  • The Colbert Report — logo Genre Comedy, Satire, News parody …   Wikipedia

  • The Tale of Mrs. Tiggy-Winkle —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Fright of Real Tears — The Fright of Real Tears: Krzysztof Kieślowski Between Theory and Post Theory (hereafter referred to as TFRT ) is a book by the Slovenian philosopher Slavoj Žižek which uses free associative film interpretation to tangentially examine the films… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»